GerätehandbuchProgramming and Operating Manual
Industrial Controls
Function Block Library SIMOCODE pro for SIMATIC PCS 7
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Edition
Answers for industry.
07/2015
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library
V8.0+SP3
___________________
___________________
___________________
___________________
___________________
___________________
___________________
___________________
Industrial Controls
SIMOCODE pro
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library
V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual
07/2015
A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
Introduction
1
Templates
2
Block icons and faceplate
views
3
Description of the blocks
4
Maintenance Station
5
Parameter
A
Technical Data
B
Abbreviations
C
Siemens AG
Division Digital Factory
Postfach 48 48
90026 NÜRNBERG
GERMANY
3ZX1012-0CS16-2BC0
Ⓟ 07/2015 Subject to change
Copyright © Siemens AG 2013.
All rights reserved
Legal information
Warning notice system
This manual contains notices you have to observe in order to ensure your personal safety, as well as to prevent
damage to property. The notices referring to your personal safety are highlighted in the manual by a safety alert
symbol, notices referring only to property damage have no safety alert symbol. These notices shown below are
graded according to the degree of danger.
DANGER
indicates that death or severe personal injury
will
result if proper precautions are not taken.
WARNING
indicates that death or severe personal injury
may
result if proper precautions are not taken.
CAUTION
indicates that minor personal injury can result if proper precautions are not taken.
NOTICE
indicates that property damage can result if proper precautions are not taken.
If more than one degree of danger is present, the warning notice representing the highest degree of danger will
be used. A notice warning of injury to persons with a safety alert symbol may also include a warning relating to
property damage.
Qualified Personnel
The product/system described in this documentation may be operated only by
personnel qualified
for the specific
task in accordance with the relevant documentation, in particular its warning notices and safety instructions.
Qualified personnel are those who, based on their training and experience, are capable of identifying risks and
avoiding potential hazards when working with these products/systems.
Proper use of Siemens products
Note the following:
WARNING
Siemens products may only be used for the applications described in the catalog and in the relevant technical
documentation. If products and components from other manufacturers are used, these must be recommended
or approved by Siemens. Proper transport, storage, installation, assembly, commissioning, operation and
maintenance are required to ensure that the products operate safely and without any problems. The permissible
ambient conditions must be complied with. The information in the relevant documentation must be observed.
Trademarks
All names identified by ® are registered trademarks of Siemens AG. The remaining trademarks in this publication
may be trademarks whose use by third parties for their own purposes could violate the rights of the owner.
Disclaimer of Liability
We have reviewed the contents of this publication to ensure consistency with the hardware and software
described. Since variance cannot be precluded entirely, we cannot guarantee full consistency. However, the
information in this publication is reviewed regularly and any necessary corrections are included in subsequent
editions.
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 5
Table of contents
1 Introduction................................................................................................................................. 11
1.1 Security information ........................................................................................................... 11
1.2 Components of the software package ................................................................................ 12
1.3 Supported control functions ............................................................................................... 13
1.4 Installing the library ........................................................................................................... 14
1.5 Configuration Steps ........................................................................................................... 15
1.5.1 Configuring in CFC ............................................................................................................ 15
1.5.2 Assigning addresses in HW Config .................................................................................... 15
1.6 Driver generator ................................................................................................................ 17
1.6.1 Driver generator ................................................................................................................ 17
1.6.2 Driver blocks ..................................................................................................................... 18
1.6.3 Requirements for generating the module drivers ................................................................ 19
1.6.4 Object lists and action lists ................................................................................................ 19
1.7 Configuring in HW Config .................................................................................................. 20
1.8 Parameterization softwares ............................................................................................... 24
1.8.1 Parameterization Softwares ............................................................................................... 24
1.8.2 Configuring in SIMOCODE ES .......................................................................................... 24
1.8.2.1 Parameter settings ............................................................................................................ 26
1.8.3 Configuration with SIMATIC PDM ...................................................................................... 27
1.8.4 Device type selection in HW Config ................................................................................... 27
1.9 Configuring of the fail-safe, digital PROFIsafe module ....................................................... 28
1.10 Update an existing PCS 7 project ...................................................................................... 29
1.11 Further documentation ...................................................................................................... 29
2 Templates .................................................................................................................................. 31
2.1 Overview of the templates, control functions and blocks .................................................... 31
2.2 Using templates ................................................................................................................ 33
2.3 Template OvlRly ................................................................................................................ 35
2.4 Template Direct ................................................................................................................. 36
2.5 Template Reverse ............................................................................................................. 37
2.6 Template MCCB ................................................................................................................ 38
2.7 Template StarDel .............................................................................................................. 39
2.8 Template RevStarDel ........................................................................................................ 40
2.9 Template Dahland ............................................................................................................. 41
2.10 Template RevDahl ............................................................................................................. 41
2.11 Template PoleChng ........................................................................................................... 42
Table of contents
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
6 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
2.12 Template RevPoleCh .........................................................................................................42
2.13 Template SolValve .............................................................................................................43
2.14 Template Positner ..............................................................................................................43
2.15 Template SoftStr ................................................................................................................44
2.16 Template RevSoftStr ..........................................................................................................44
3 Block icons and faceplate views.................................................................................................... 45
3.1 Block icons .........................................................................................................................45
3.2 Faceplates .........................................................................................................................48
3.2.1 Faceplates - Structure ........................................................................................................48
3.2.2 Navigation between SIMOCODE Pro faceplates .................................................................52
3.2.3 Views .................................................................................................................................53
3.2.3.1 Batch view @PG_APL_Batch.pdl .......................................................................................53
3.2.3.2 Trend view @PG_APL_Trend.pdl .......................................................................................54
3.2.3.3 Alarm view @PG_APL_Alarm.pdl .......................................................................................56
3.2.3.4 Memo view .........................................................................................................................57
3.2.3.5 Preview view ......................................................................................................................58
3.3 Web Navigator ...................................................................................................................59
4 Description of the blocks .............................................................................................................. 61
4.1 Functions for all blocks .......................................................................................................61
4.1.1 Calling OBs ........................................................................................................................61
4.1.2 Called blocks ......................................................................................................................62
4.1.3 Worst signal status .............................................................................................................63
4.1.4 Quality code .......................................................................................................................64
4.1.5 Error numbers ....................................................................................................................66
4.1.6 Parameterizable functions via the Feature connection ........................................................67
4.1.7 Reading and writing data records .......................................................................................68
4.1.8 Read Record error status ...................................................................................................70
4.1.9 Write Record error status....................................................................................................70
4.2 Diagnostics block MMDiag .................................................................................................71
4.2.1 Description of MMDiag .......................................................................................................71
4.2.2 Acyclic reading of data record 92 ........................................................................................71
4.2.3 Message characteristics .....................................................................................................72
4.2.4 Driver generator .................................................................................................................73
4.2.5 Start-up characteristics .......................................................................................................74
4.2.6 Module error .......................................................................................................................74
4.2.7 IO station failure (PROFIBUS DP or PROFINET IO) ...........................................................75
4.2.8 Failure of a PROFIBUS DP station .....................................................................................76
4.2.9 Malfunction when loading the OB .......................................................................................76
4.3 MMOprtn block ...................................................................................................................77
4.3.1 Description of MMOprtn ......................................................................................................77
4.3.2 Operating modes ................................................................................................................78
4.3.3 Motor current ......................................................................................................................78
4.3.4 Device functions .................................................................................................................79
4.3.5 Current limits ......................................................................................................................80
4.3.6 Hysteresis ..........................................................................................................................81
4.3.7 Emergency start .................................................................................................................81
Table of contents
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 7
4.3.8 Self-test ............................................................................................................................. 82
4.3.9 Trip reset ........................................................................................................................... 83
4.3.10 Group fault ........................................................................................................................ 83
4.3.11 Fault handling.................................................................................................................... 84
4.3.12 Invalid input signals ........................................................................................................... 84
4.3.13 Message characteristics .................................................................................................... 84
4.3.14 Messages via EventTs message block .............................................................................. 85
4.3.15 System text libraries for warning and trip ........................................................................... 86
4.3.16 Process images for the MMOprtn block ............................................................................. 90
4.3.17 Enabled operations ......................................................................................................... 104
4.3.18 Status information ........................................................................................................... 105
4.3.19 SIMOCODE pro slave diagnostics ................................................................................... 106
4.3.20 Diagnostics information ................................................................................................... 106
4.3.21 Assignment of the diagnostics information ....................................................................... 115
4.3.22 Faceplate views .............................................................................................................. 122
4.3.22.1 MMOprtn - Standard ........................................................................................................ 122
4.3.22.2 MMOprtn - Limits ............................................................................................................. 124
4.3.22.3 MMOprtn - Diagnostics .................................................................................................... 126
4.3.22.4 MMOprtn - Process image ............................................................................................... 127
4.4 Block for MMMeas measured value function .................................................................... 128
4.4.1 Description of MMMeas ................................................................................................... 128
4.4.2 Operating modes ............................................................................................................. 129
4.4.3 Measured values ............................................................................................................. 129
4.4.3.1 Read measured values .................................................................................................... 132
4.4.3.2 Assignment of the cyclic process image ........................................................................... 133
4.4.3.3 Write analog output ......................................................................................................... 134
4.4.3.4 Acyclic reading ................................................................................................................ 134
4.4.4 Message characteristics .................................................................................................. 134
4.4.5 Start-up characteristics .................................................................................................... 136
4.4.6 Status information ........................................................................................................... 136
4.4.7 Enabled operations ......................................................................................................... 137
4.4.8 Faceplate views .............................................................................................................. 138
4.4.8.1 MMMeas - Standard ........................................................................................................ 138
4.5 Block for statistical function MMStat................................................................................. 143
4.5.1 Description of MMStat ..................................................................................................... 143
4.5.2 Operating modes ............................................................................................................. 144
4.5.3 Statistical values.............................................................................................................. 144
4.5.4 Message characteristics .................................................................................................. 146
4.5.5 Start-up characteristics .................................................................................................... 148
4.5.6 Status information ........................................................................................................... 148
4.5.7 Enabled operations ......................................................................................................... 149
4.5.8 Faceplate views .............................................................................................................. 150
4.5.8.1 MMStat - Standard .......................................................................................................... 150
4.6 Block for timestamping MMTime ...................................................................................... 152
4.6.1 Description MMTime........................................................................................................ 152
4.6.2 Operating modes ............................................................................................................. 153
4.6.3 Logbook function ............................................................................................................. 153
4.6.4 Messages........................................................................................................................ 157
4.6.5 Signaling response .......................................................................................................... 159
4.6.6 Driver generator .............................................................................................................. 161
4.6.7 Start-up characteristics .................................................................................................... 161
Table of contents
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
8 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
4.6.8 Status information ............................................................................................................161
4.6.9 Enabled operations ..........................................................................................................162
4.6.10 Faceplate views ...............................................................................................................163
4.6.10.1 MMTime - Standard ..........................................................................................................163
4.6.10.2 MMTime - Logbook ..........................................................................................................164
4.7 MMRevDhl motor block ....................................................................................................166
4.7.1 Application .......................................................................................................................166
4.7.1.1 Description of MMRevDhl .................................................................................................166
4.7.1.2 Operating modes ..............................................................................................................167
4.7.1.3 Mode changeover error ....................................................................................................169
4.7.1.4 Forcing operating modes ..................................................................................................170
4.7.1.5 Control functions for directions .........................................................................................171
4.7.2 Output signal for ready to start ..........................................................................................171
4.7.3 Resetting of the block .......................................................................................................172
4.7.4 Restart lock after changing direction of rotation or switching off the motor .........................172
4.7.5 Limit value monitoring with hysteresis ...............................................................................172
4.7.6 Rapid stop ........................................................................................................................173
4.7.7 Specify warning times for controls ....................................................................................173
4.7.8 Issuing maintenance release ............................................................................................174
4.7.9 Suppressing messages using the MsgLock parameter......................................................174
4.7.10 Simulation ........................................................................................................................174
4.7.11 Monitoring functions .........................................................................................................175
4.7.12 Motor Protection ...............................................................................................................177
4.7.13 Interlocking.......................................................................................................................177
4.7.14 Disabling interlocks ..........................................................................................................179
4.7.15 Group fault .......................................................................................................................180
4.7.16 User-defined auxiliary values and user-defined status ......................................................180
4.7.17 Message characteristics ...................................................................................................180
4.7.18 Fault handling ..................................................................................................................183
4.7.19 Invalid input signals ..........................................................................................................183
4.7.20 Enable for measurement and statistics .............................................................................183
4.7.21 Enabled operations ..........................................................................................................184
4.7.22 Status information ............................................................................................................185
4.7.23 Faceplate views ...............................................................................................................188
4.7.23.1 MMRevDhl - Standard ......................................................................................................188
4.7.23.2 MMRevDhl - Maintenance ................................................................................................190
4.7.23.3 MMRevDhl - Preview ........................................................................................................191
5 Maintenance Station ................................................................................................................... 193
5.1 Maintenance Station .........................................................................................................193
A Parameter ................................................................................................................................. 197
A.1 MMDiag block parameter..................................................................................................197
A.2 Structure of UDTs for MMDiag ..........................................................................................199
A.3 Block parameter MMOprtn ................................................................................................207
A.4 MMMeas block parameter ................................................................................................215
A.5 Block parameter MMStat ..................................................................................................223
A.6 Block parameter MMTime.................................................................................................230
A.7 MMRevDhl block parameter .............................................................................................235
Table of contents
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 9
B Technical Data .......................................................................................................................... 245
B.1 Header information .......................................................................................................... 246
C Abbreviations ............................................................................................................................ 247
Table of contents
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
10 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 11
Introduction
1
1.1
Security information
Siemens provides products and solutions with industrial security functions that support the
secure operation of plants, solutions, machines, equipment and/or networks. They are
important components in a holistic industrial security concept. With this in mind, Siemens’
products and solutions undergo continuous development. Siemens recommends strongly
that you regularly check for product updates.
For the secure operation of Siemens products and solutions, it is necessary to take suitable
preventive action (e.g. cell protection concept) and integrate each component into a holistic,
state-of-the-art industrial security concept. Third-party products that may be in use should
also be considered. For more information about industrial security, visit
http://www.siemens.com/industrialsecurity.
To stay informed about product updates as they occur, sign up for a product-specific
newsletter. For more information, visit http://support.automation.siemens.com.
Introduction
1.2 Components of the software package
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
12 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
1.2
Components of the software package
The SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3 integrates SIMOCODE pro C / S / V devices
into the PCS 7 environment via blocks.
The SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3 contains the following components:
No.
Supported Hardware
Functions
Name
Name
1 SIMOCODE pro DPV1
and SIMOCODE pro
PROFINET
Diagnostics function MMDiag FB1300
2 Driver block for operating
SIMOCODE pro C / S / V devices
MMOprtn FB1301
3 Measured value function MMMeas FB1302
4 Statistics function MMStat FB1303
5 Time stamping, logbook function MMTime FB1304
SIMOCODE pro Motor block – control functions for
High Feature reversing starters
MMRevDhl FB1305
● List Manual
● Online help with context-sensitive help
● Installation program
● Readme file for installation
See also
Description of MMDiag (Page 71)
Description of MMMeas (Page 128)
Description of MMStat (Page 143)
Description MMTime (Page 152)
Description of MMRevDhl (Page 166)
Description of MMOprtn (Page 77)
Introduction
1.3 Supported control functions
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 13
1.3
Supported control functions
Control functions
The library supports all SIMOCODE pro control functions. Motor blocks of the Advanced
Process Library (APL) are used for this. For control functions that are not supported by the
APL motor blocks (two directions of rotation, two speeds), the library contains the block
MMRevDhl.
For communication with the SIMOCODE pro device, the channel block FbSwtMMS from the
APL is used.
Device-specific functions that do not belong to the standard of the APL motor blocks are
provided by the other blocks of the SIMOCODE pro Library.
The SIMOCODE pro library V8.0+SP3 supports the following control functions:
Table 1- 1 Supported control functions
Control function
SIMOCODE
pro C
SIMOCODE
pro S
SIMOCODE
pro V
Overload relay X X X
Direct starter X X X
Reversing starter X X X
Circuit breaker X X X
Star-delta starter – X X
Star-delta reversing starter – – X
Dahlander – – X
Dahlander reversing starter – – X
Pole-changing starter – – X
Pole-changing reversing starter – – X
Valve – – X
Positioners 1–5 – – X
Soft starter – X X
Soft reversing starter – – X
Introduction
1.4 Installing the library
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
14 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
Control functions and blocks
The table shows the control functions and the corresponding blocks with which the APL is
linked into the SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3.
Table 1- 2 Control functions and blocks
Control functions
APL blocks
Blocks from the
SIMOCODE pro Library
Overload relay1 – MMOprtn
MMDiag
MMMeas
MMStat
MMTime
Direct starter
Soft starter
Circuit breaker
Star-delta starter
MotL
Reversing starter
Star-delta reversing starter
Soft reversing starter
MotRevL
Dahlander
Pole-changing starter
MotSpdL
Valve VlvL
Positioners 1–5 VlvMotL
Dahlander reversing starter
Pole-changing reversing starter
– MMRevDhl
MMOprtn
MMDiag
MMMeas
MMStat
MMTime
1 MMOprtn can be used for the overload relay control function without APL motor blocks.
1.4
Installing the library
Starting the installation
For more information on installation, refer section Installation in "Getting Started" for this
library.
Introduction
1.5 Configuration Steps
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 15
1.5
Configuration Steps
1.5.1
Configuring in CFC
Procedure
Configuring with HW Config:
1. Configure the SIMOCODE at HW config.
2. Open CFC-Editor.
3. If not yet done, instantiate an approbriate template and open it.
4. Refer to the input address of the SIMOCODE Pro device at HW config and assign this
address to the textual interconnection "Input WORD address of SIMOCODE Pro Module
(QW x)".
Compile the CFC chart using the "Generate Module Driver" function.
Reference
Additional information is available in the "Process Control System PCS 7 Compendium
Part A - Configuration Guidelines" Operating Manual on the Internet
(https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/63187279).
1.5.2
Assigning addresses in HW Config
The two bytes of the process image inputs (PII) are transferred from the SIMOCODE device
based on the logical address configured for the module. This is a manual configuration that a
user has to configure for both the inputs and outputs.
Symbolic name in HW Config
The PZDIn01 input parameter of the block is interconnected with the corresponding input of
the logical address of the device (LAddr).
The logical word address can be assigned to a symbolic name (*).
Introduction
1.5 Configuration Steps
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
16 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
Figure 1-1 Symbolic name in HW Config
Introduction
1.6 Driver generator
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 17
1.6
Driver generator
1.6.1
Driver generator
The "Generate Module Drivers" function is available for signal processing in PCS 7. Once
the hardware has been configured in HW Config and the technological functions have been
configured in the CFC, this function automatically generates, interconnects, and
parameterizes the required module driver blocks, to the extent possible. These module driver
blocks are responsible for diagnosing and reporting errors during signal processing.
The Setup program installs XML files for connecting SIMOCODE pro C / S / V with the driver
generator.
Purpose of the driver generator
A template is inserted for each SIMOCODE pro device. The connection to the hardware is
established using symbolic addressing.
The "Generate Module Driver" option inserts the additionally required blocks, and then
connects and assigns the corresponding parameters.
Supported modules and configurations
The driver concept for SIMOCODE pro C / S / V modules takes into account the operation of
various SIMOCODE control functions:
● As a DP slave direct on the DP master system (connection via GSD, PDM object or S7
module via OM SIMOCODE pro).
● As a DP slave behind a Y-Link (connection via GSD or PDM object).
● As a PROFINET IO Device direct on the PN-IO Controller (with or without system
redundancy, connection via GSD or S7 module via OM SIMOCODE pro PN or via EDD).
● As a shared PN IO Device in conjunction with a PROFIsafe configuration with DM-F
PROFIsafe fail-safe digital module on two different IO Controllers (connection via GSD or
S7 module via OM SIMOCODE pro PN or via EDD) for a GSD-file-based configuration.
● As a DP slave behind IE-PB-Link (connection via GSD, PDM object or S7 module via OM
SIMOCODE pro).
Introduction
1.6 Driver generator
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
18 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
Reference
1. You will find the GSD files for SIMOCODE pro C / S / V on the Internet
(https://support.industry.siemens.com).
2. Enter one of the following search terms in the "Product Name / Article Number" field
under "Search Product Support Documents":
– SIMOCODE pro C GSD
– SIMOCODE pro S GSD
– SIMOCODE pro V GSD
– SIMOCODE pro V PN GSD
3. Under Downloads click the relevant entry,
e.g., "PROFINET GSD files : Switching Devices" or "PROFIBUS GSD files :
SWITCHGEARS".
4. This displays another Internet page where you can download the GSD files.
Note
The SIMOCODE pro object manager (OM) is a component part of the SIMOCODE ES 2007
Premium configuring software. To install, select the appropriate "SIMOCODE pro Integration
in STEP 7" option when executing the Setup program for SIMOCODE pro.
1.6.2
Driver blocks
Generating the driver blocks
Module driver generation for the signal blocks will insert driver blocks depending on the
HWConfiguration.
The action includes the following steps:
● Determining and assigning the diagnostics address of the SIMOCODE pro device.
● Assigning the primary subnet address and module rack number for the SIMOCODE pro
device.
● Instantiating the OB_DIAG1 / OB_DIAG1_PN driver block for the SIMOCODE pro device.
● Instantiating the MMDiag driver block for reading the diagnostics information of the
SIMOCODE pro device.
● Setting the address of the device at the OB_DIAG1 / OB_DIAG1_PN, MMDiag and
MOD_SWT blocks.
● Creating interconnections between the OB_DIAG1 / OB_DIAG1_PN, MMDiag and
MOD_SWT blocks.
● Assigning the diagnostic address in the DAddr parameter.
● Making interconnections between the MMOprtn, MMMeas, MMStat and MMTime blocks
and the MMDiag and MOD_SWT blocks.
Introduction
1.6 Driver generator
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 19
1.6.3
Requirements for generating the module drivers
The following SIMOCODE pro modules are permitted for PCS 7 library V8.0+SP3:
Article number
SIMOCODE pro
Compatible modules
3UF7000-1A*00-0 SIMOCODE pro C (PROFIBUS DP) yes
3UF7010-1A*00-0 SIMOCODE pro V
basic unit 1 and 2 (PROFIBUS DP)
yes
3UF7011-1A*00-0 SIMOCODE pro V PN
basic unit 1, 2 and 3 (PROFINET)
yes
3UF7020-1A*01-0 SIMOCODE pro S
basic unit 1 and 2
yes
The desired template is inserted into the CFC from the SIMOCODE library.
Assign the input address of the SIMOCODE Pro device to the textual interconnection "Input
WORD address of SIMOCODE Pro Module (IW x)" for linking the parameters PZDIn01
(SIMOCODE blocks) / PZDIn1(FbSwtMMS) with the logical address of the starter.
Reproduce the above steps for the other SIMOCODE function blocks at the CFC chart, if you
are planning to use any or all of the additional blocks (MMStatistics, MMMeasurment and/or
MMTime) shipped with this library.
The CFC chart is compiled using the "Generate module driver" function.
1.6.4
Object lists and action lists
Hardware modules, among other things, are configured in HW Config.
Description
The object lists and the action lists are used to generate the module drivers for these
hardware modules.
The object list contains a unique object identification number for each of these hardware
modules. Each object list is assigned to a particular hardware configuration.
The action list contains a list of actions. These actions must be executed for the object
identification numbers that appear in the object list. Examples of such actions include:
● Assigning the device address
● Interconnecting the input and output parameters of the driver block
The "Generate Module Driver" function generates the module drivers when the CFC is
compiled.
Introduction
1.7 Configuring in HW Config
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
20 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
1.7
Configuring in HW Config
Note
SIMOCODE pro is used in DP mode DPV1 with activated diagnostics and process interrupt.
The SIMOCODE pro PROFIBUS and PROFINET devices along with their associated
components are inserted and configured in HW Config.
The following graphics show example configurations of SIMOCODE pro at HW Config in the
Netpro View.
SIMOCODE pro C on DP master system
Figure 1-2 SIMOCODE pro C on DP master system
SIMOCODE pro S on DP master system
Figure 1-3 SIMOCODE pro S on DP master system
Introduction
1.7 Configuring in HW Config
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 21
SIMOCODE pro V on DP master system
Figure 1-4 SIMOCODE pro V on DP master system
SIMOCODE pro V PN on Industrial Ethernet
Figure 1-5 SIMOCODE pro V PN Industrial Ethernet
Introduction
1.7 Configuring in HW Config
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
22 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
SIMOCODE pro S on PROFIBUS DP behind a Y-link
Figure 1-6 SIMOCODE pro S on PROFIBUS behind a Y-link
SIMOCODE pro V on PROFIBUS DP behind a Y-link
Figure 1-7 SIMOCODE pro V on PROFIBUS behind a Y-link
Introduction
1.7 Configuring in HW Config
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 23
SIMOCODE pro V PN on H-CPU via PROFINET
Figure 1-8 SIMOCODE pro V PN on H-CPU via PROFINET
SIMOCODE pro C / S / V behind IE-PB-Link (OM / GSD)
Figure 1-9 SIMOCODE pro C / S / V behind IE-PB-Link (OM / GSD)
Introduction
1.8 Parameterization softwares
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
24 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
1.8
Parameterization softwares
1.8.1
Parameterization Softwares
Parameterization Softwares
For parametrizing the device following softwares are availible:
- SIMOCODE ES (with OM intergration)
- SIMATIC PDM (with EDD)
- GSD
1.8.2
Configuring in SIMOCODE ES
Purpose of the SIMOCODE ES software
SIMOCODE ES is used to configure SIMOCODE pro devices.
Note
Transmission of modified device parameters is possible under the following conditions:
• The device is
not
in the SIMOCODE pro "remote" mode.
• No ON control command is active.
• No motor current is flowing.
Note
Some device parameters can be modified independently of the conditions named above.
You can recognize these parameters by the blue motor symbol in front of the parameter.
Introduction
1.8 Parameterization softwares
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 25
Parameter settings
SIMOCODE pro requires that some parameters have specific settings to ensure correct
operation of the signal blocks:
● Parameters that define the assignment of the cyclic I/O interface. These parameters are
shown in
italics
in the following overview.
● Parameters that are already preset in the templates for application selection in
SIMOCODE ES for the control function (*).
General settings (valid for all control functions)
Device parameters → Bus parameters
Diagnosis triggered by device fault
Active
—
Diagnosis triggered by process faults
Active
—
Diagnosis triggered by process warnings
Active
—
* Diagnosis triggered by process mes-
sages
Not active —
Startup parameter block
Active
Configuration with SIMOCODE ES or
SIMATIC PDM
Standard functions → Test/reset
Test 1
Cyclic receive bit 0.3
—
Reset 1
Cyclic receive bit 0.6
—
Emergency start
Cyclic receive bit 0.4
—
The settings are a suggestion. They depend on the actual wiring of the SIMOCODE pro
inputs and outputs.
Settings for other parameters are required, for example, for motor protection. These are not
described here.
Introduction
1.8 Parameterization softwares
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
26 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
1.8.2.1
Parameter settings
The following list shows the settings for the parameters in SIMOCODE ES.
Table 1- 3 Parameter settings in SIMOCODE ES
Control function
Template
APL block
Parameters in SIMOCODE ES
Non-
main-
tained
command
Saving
change-
over
command
Feedback
time
Execution
time
Interlock-
ing time
Change-
over
pause
Overload relay OvlRly MMOprtn – – – – – –
Direct starter Direct MotL Default – ① – –
Reversing starter Reverse MotRevL Default Default ① –
Circuit breaker MCCB MotL Default – ① – –
Star-delta starter StarDel MotL Default – ① – –
Star-delta revers-
ing starter
RevStarDel MotRevL Default Default ① ② –
Dahlander Dahland MotSpdL Default Default ① – ③
Dahlander revers-
ing starter
DevDahl MMRevDhl Default Default ① ② ③
Pole-changing
starter
PoleChng MotSpdL Default Default ① – ③
Pole-changing
reversing starter
RevPoleCh MMRevDhl Default Default ① ② ③
Solenoid valve SolValve VlvL Default – – ① – –
Positioner 1 Positner VlvMotL Default – ① ② –
Positioner 2 Positner VlvMotL Default Default ① ② –
Positioner 3 Positner VlvMotL Default – ① ② –
Positioner 4 Positner VlvMotL Default – ① ② –
Positioner 5 Positner VlvMotL Default – ① ② –
Soft starter SoftStr MotL Default – ① – –
Soft reversing
starter
RevSoftStr MotRevL Default Default ① ② –
①
< Dynamic monitoring time, MonTiDynamic ≥ MonTiStatic
② < Pause time, IdleTime
③ < Change-over time, SwOverTi
– not applicable
Introduction
1.8 Parameterization softwares
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 27
1.8.3
Configuration with SIMATIC PDM
You can use the SIMATIC PDM software to configure the SIMOCODE pro C / S / V devices.
The devices are accessed via the PROFIBUS and PROFINET interface.
You can find information on configuration using the SIMATIC PDM software in the
documentation for SIMATIC PDM and SIMOCODE pro EDD.
Note
Transmission of modified device parameters is possible under the following conditions:
• The device is
not
in the SIMOCODE pro "remote" mode.
• No ON control command is active.
• No motor current is flowing.
1.8.4
Device type selection in HW Config
You can select the device type in the HW Config as follows:
1. Start the SIMATIC Manager.
2. Open the "Settings" menu via "Options → SIMATIC PDM → Settings".
The dialog box opens.
3. Enable "Select type when device is inserted in HW Config".
4. Confirm by clicking OK and close the dialog box.
5. Close SIMATIC Manager and integrate EDD using the SIMATIC PDM "Device Integration
Manager".
Note
SIMOCODE pro V PN
PCS 7 V8.1 and above support integration of SIMOCODE pro V PN devices using SIMATIC
PDM.
Introduction
1.9 Configuring of the fail-safe, digital PROFIsafe module
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
28 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
1.9 Configuring of the fail-safe, digital PROFIsafe module
From product version E06 onwards, SIMOCODE pro V supports the DM-F PROFIsafe fail-
safe module, with which safety-related tripping of the motor is possible from an F-CPU via
PROFIBUS / PROFIsafe.
From the perspective of the fail-safe section of the controller that transfers fail-safe signals
via PROFIBUS / PROFIsafe, the DM-F PROFIsafe module represents a digital output with
which the two relay enabling circuits of the DM-F PROFIsafe module can be switched on
simultaneously or tripped in a fail-safe manner.
To enable fail-safe tripping via the DM-F PROFIsafe by the F-CPU, the PROFIsafe module
must be configured in addition to the module for basic type 1 or 2 when integrating via GSD
or PDM. When integrating via OM SIMOCODE pro, configuring must be carried out with
PROFIsafe.
Address assignment
Of the DM-F PROFIsafe module's assigned addresses, user data is assigned to the following
output address in the F-CPU:
Byte in F-
CPU
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
x+0 — — — — — — — Output
Note
You are only allowed to access the address reserved for user data (output byte x, bit 0).
Other address ranges assigned by DM-F PROFIsafe, are, among other things, reserved for
safety-related communication between the DM-F PROFIsafe module and the F-CPU
according to PROFIsafe.
Additional information
Detailed information on accessing the F I/O can be found in the S7 F / FH Systems,
Configuring and Programming manual
(https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/2201072).
Introduction
1.10 Update an existing PCS 7 project
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 29
Assignment of the PROFIsafe address
Each DM-F PROFIsafe fail-safe digital module has its own PROFIsafe address. You must
set the PROFIsafe address on the module prior to commissioning.
The PROFIsafe addresses (F_Source_Add, F_Dest_Add) are automatically assigned when you
configure the DM-F PROFIsafe module in STEP 7.
You can find the PROFIsafe address that must be set on the DM-F PROFIsafe module in the
HW Config under the object properties for the PROFIsafe module; it is shown in decimal and
hexadecimal notation in the F_Dest_Add parameter. Convert this address to binary notation
and set it via the DIP address switch on the DM-F PROFIsafe module.
Enter an icon for the fail-safe output in HW Config. In conjunction with F systems, this icon is
then connected in CFC with the fail-safe channel driver (output VALUE). When integrating
SIMOCODE pro V with GSD file via the Object Manager (OM), the F_CH_BO block is used
as the channel driver.
Additional information
Please refer to the system manual "SIMOCODE pro Safety - fail-safe digital modules" for
more information on using the fail-safe digital modules.
See also
Simocode Pro safety (https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/50564852)
1.10 Update an existing PCS 7 project
Performing a project update
Please refer "ReadMe" provided with the library.
1.11 Further documentation
Overview
More information
● Online help for PCS 7 Advanced Process Library V8.0
● Online help for SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System
● Function manuals for SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System on the Internet
(https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/109477335)
● System Manual SIMOCODE pro PROFINET on the Internet
Introduction
1.11 Further documentation
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
30 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 31
Templates
2
2.1
Overview of the templates, control functions and blocks
The templates from the SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3 are templates that you can
adopt unchanged to implement control functions in your project. The templates thus simplify
the engineering for configuring the blocks and they support their problem-free functioning.
You can also modify the templates or create completely new ones. The interconnections that
must then be created manually can be found in the available templates.
Templates for the control functions
The table below assigns the possible control functions to the associated template:
Table 2- 1 Templates for the control functions
No.
Control function
Template
APL blocks
SIMOCODE
blocks
1 Overload relay OvlRly (Page 35) FbSwtMMS MMOprtn1
MMMeas
MMStat
MMTime
2 Direct starter Direct (Page 36) MotL1
EventTs
FbSwtMMS
3 Reversing starter Reverse (Page 37) MotRevL1
EventTs
FbSwtMMS
4 Circuit breaker MCCB (Page 38) MotL1
EventTs
FbSwtMMS
5 Star-delta starter StarDel (Page 39) MotL1
EventTs
FbSwtMMS
6 Star-delta reversing starter RevStarDel (Page 40) MotRevL1
EventTs
FbSwtMMS
7 Dahlander Dahland (Page 41) MotSpdL1
EventTs
FbSwtMMS
8 Dahlander reversing starter RevDahl (Page 41) EventTs
FbSwtMMS
MMRevDhl1
MMOprtn1
MMMeas
MMStat
MMTime
9 Pole-changing starter PoleChng (Page 42) MotSpdL1
EventTs
FbSwtMMS
MMOprtn1
MMMeas
MMStat
MMTime
Templates
2.1 Overview of the templates, control functions and blocks
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
32 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
No.
Control function
Template
APL blocks
SIMOCODE
blocks
10 Pole-changing reversing
starter
RevPoleCh (Page 42) EventTs
FbSwtMMS
MMRevDhl1
MMOprtn1
MMMeas
MMStat
MMTime
11 Valve SolValve (Page 43) VlvL1
EventTs
FbSwtMMS
MMOprtn1
MMMeas
MMStat
MMTime
12 Positioners 1–5 Positner (Page 43) VlvMotL1
EventTs
FbSwtMMS
13 Soft starter SoftStr (Page 44) MotL1
EventTs
FbSwtMMS
14 Soft reversing starter RevSoftStr (Page 44) MotRevL1
EventTs
FbSwtMMS
1 Block icon available
For more information about the APL blocks, refer to the Function Manual "PCS7 Process
Control System, PCS7 Advanced Process Library V8.0" on the Internet (Page 35).
See also
Diagnostics block MMDiag (Page 71)
Block for MMMeas measured value function (Page 128)
Block for statistical function MMStat (Page 143)
Block for timestamping MMTime (Page 152)
MMOprtn block (Page 77)
PCS7 Process Control System, PCS7 Advanced Process Library V8.0
(https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/57265842)
MMRevDhl motor block (Page 166)
Templates
2.2 Using templates
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 33
2.2
Using templates
The templates for the control functions are located in the SIMOCODE pro Library under:
SMCPro PCS7 LibV80SP3> Blocks+Templates\Templates >
Select a template, e.g.
Reverse
for a reversing starter, and drag and drop it to the CFC
chart. Alternatively, you can also copy the template direct to the chart container or to the
required location in the technological hierarchy view.
To edit the template, right-click on the template and select "Open" from the shortcut menu.
The template is opened as a CFC chart.
Manual interconnections
In the CFC chart, connect "Input Word Address of Simocode base Module" in the left-hand
sheet bar with the logical address of the basic unit.
There are two ways of doing this:
● Via the already created symbolic name
● Via direct input of the calculated address
If additional blocks/functionalities available at the template in sheet 2 of the CFC are not
required, they can be deleted as well.
Please refer to the section "Remove unused blocks" below for further information.
Automatic interconnections
If the option "Generate Block Driver“ is activated in the "Compile Program" dialog,
interconnections that are not yet available but that are necessary will be automatically
executed.
Table 2- 2 Automatic interconnections
CFC Sheet 1
CFC Sheet 2
Inputs • Diagnostic Address of Simocode Pro Module
• Logical Address of Simocode Pro Module
• ModFAct from MMDiag
• Slv_Typ from MMDiag
• RdEn from MMDiag
• RackFAct from MMDiag
• OMODE_00 of MOD_SWT
Outputs • Output word of the basic module –
Templates
2.2 Using templates
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
34 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
In addition to the interconnections, the driver generator automatically generates the following
charts and connects them with the template:
● SUBNET DP
● OB_DIAG1 / OB_DIAG1_PN
● RACK
● MMDiag
● MOD_SWT
The textual interconnections supplied in the template can be deleted individually and entirely.
The driver generator replaces the textual interconnections automatically.
You control deletion of the textual interconnections using the menu command Options →
Delete Textual Interconnections.
Remove unused blocks
The following blocks (CFC Sheet 2) are not absolutely necessary for operating SIMOCODE:
● MMMeas
● MMStat
● MMTime
They provide further functions such as measured values (e.g. temperature), statistical data,
and time stamping.
These blocks can be deleted (right mouse key → delete or select block → Del). After renewed
compiling and downloading to the PLC, these functionalities are no longer available for the
user program.
Templates
2.3 Template OvlRly
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 35
2.3
Template OvlRly
This template supports the control function
Overload relay
.
It contains one instance each of the following blocks:
• MMMeas
• MMStat
• MMTime
• MMOprtn
• FbSwtMMS
Interconnections
1. Instantiate the template from the SIMOCODE pro Library and create the necessary links
to the respective blocks.
2. Assign the input address of the SIMOCODE Pro device to the textual interconnection
"Input WORD address of SIMOCODE Pro Module (IW x)" for linking the parameters
PZDIn01 (SIMOCODE blocks) / PZDIn1 (FbSwtMMS) with the logical address of the
starter.
Reference
Description of the blocks (Page 61)
Parameter (Page 197)
Templates
2.4 Template Direct
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
36 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
2.4
Template Direct
This template supports the control function
Direct starter
.
It contains one instance each of the following blocks:
• MMOprtn
• MMMeas
• MMStat
• MMTime
• MotL
• FbSwtMMS
• EventTs
Interconnections
1. Instantiate the template from the SIMOCODE pro Library.
2. Assign the input address of the SIMOCODE Pro device to the textual interconnection
"Input WORD address of SIMOCODE Pro Module (IW x)" for linking the parameters
PZDIn01 (SIMOCODE blocks) / PZDIn1 (FbSwtMMS) with the logical address of the
starter.
Reference
Description of the blocks
Parameter (Page 197)
Templates
2.5 Template Reverse
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 37
2.5
Template Reverse
This template supports the control function
Reversing starter
.
It contains one instance each of the following blocks:
• MMOprtn
• MMMeas
• MMStat
• MMTime
• MotRevL
• FbSwtMMS
• EventTs
Interconnections
1. Instantiate the template from the SIMOCODE pro Library.
2. Assign the input address of the SIMOCODE Pro device to the textual interconnection
"Input WORD address of SIMOCODE Pro Module (IW x)" for linking the parameters
PZDIn01 (SIMOCODE blocks) / PZDIn1 (FbSwtMMS) with the logical address of the
starter.
Reference
Description of the blocks (Page 61)
Parameter (Page 197)
Templates
2.6 Template MCCB
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
38 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
2.6
Template MCCB
This template supports the control function
Circuit breaker
.
It contains one instance each of the following blocks:
• MMOprtn
• MMMeas
• MMStat
• MMTime
• MotL
• FbSwtMMS
• EventTs
Interconnections
1. Instantiate the template from the SIMOCODE pro Library.
2. Assign the input address of the SIMOCODE Pro device to the textual interconnection
"Input WORD address of SIMOCODE Pro Module (IW x)" for linking the parameters
PZDIn01 (SIMOCODE blocks) / PZDIn1 (FbSwtMMS) with the logical address of the
starter.
Reference
Description of the blocks (Page 61)
Parameter (Page 197)
Templates
2.7 Template StarDel
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 39
2.7
Template StarDel
This template supports the control function
Star-delta starter
.
It contains one instance each of the following blocks:
• MMOprtn
• MMMeas
• MMStat
• MMTime
• MotL
• FbSwtMMS
• EventTs
Interconnections
1. Instantiate the template from the SIMOCODE pro Library.
2. Assign the input address of the SIMOCODE Pro device to the textual interconnection
"Input WORD address of SIMOCODE Pro Module (IW x)" for linking the parameters
PZDIn01 (SIMOCODE blocks) / PZDIn1 (FbSwtMMS) with the logical address of the
starter.
Reference
Description of the blocks (Page 61)
Parameter (Page 197)
Templates
2.8 Template RevStarDel
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
40 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
2.8
Template RevStarDel
This template supports the control function
Star-delta reversing starter
.
It contains one instance each of the following blocks:
• MMOprtn
• MMMeas
• MMStat
• MMTime
• MotRevL
• FbSwtMMS
• EventTs
Interconnections
1. Instantiate the template from the SIMOCODE pro Library.
2. Assign the input address of the SIMOCODE Pro device to the textual interconnection
"Input WORD address of SIMOCODE Pro Module (IW x)" for linking the parameters
PZDIn01 (SIMOCODE blocks) / PZDIn1 (FbSwtMMS) with the logical address of the
starter.
Reference
Description of the blocks (Page 61)
Parameter (Page 197)
Templates
2.9 Template Dahland
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 41
2.9
Template Dahland
This template supports the control function
Dahlander
.
• MMOprtn
• MMMeas
• MMStat
• MMTime
• MotSpdL
• FbSwtMMS
• EventTs
Interconnections
1. Instantiate the template from the SIMOCODE pro Library.
2. Assign the input address of the SIMOCODE Pro device to the textual interconnection
"Input WORD address of SIMOCODE Pro Module (IW x)" for linking the parameters
PZDIn01 (SIMOCODE blocks) / PZDIn1 (FbSwtMMS) with the logical address of the
starter.
Reference
Description of the blocks (Page 61)
Parameter (Page 197)
2.10
Template RevDahl
This template supports the control function
Dahlander reversing starter
.
• MMOprtn
• MMMeas
• MMStat
• MMTime
• MMRevDhl
• FbSwtMMS
• EventTs
Interconnections
1. Instantiate the template from the SIMOCODE pro Library.
2. Assign the input address of the SIMOCODE Pro device to the textual interconnection
"Input WORD address of SIMOCODE Pro Module (IW x)" for linking the parameters
PZDIn01 (SIMOCODE blocks) / PZDIn1 (FbSwtMMS) with the logical address of the
starter.
Reference
Description of the blocks (Page 61)
Parameter (Page 197)
Templates
2.11 Template PoleChng
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
42 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
2.11
Template PoleChng
This template supports the control function
Pole-changing starter
.
• MMOprtn
• MMMeas
• MMStat
• MMTime
• MotSpdL
• FbSwtMMS
• EventTs
Interconnections
1. Instantiate the template from the SIMOCODE pro Library.
2. Assign the input address of the SIMOCODE Pro device to the textual interconnection
"Input WORD address of SIMOCODE Pro Module (IW x)" for linking the parameters
PZDIn01 (SIMOCODE blocks) / PZDIn1 (FbSwtMMS) with the logical address of the
starter.
Reference
Description of the blocks (Page 61)
Parameter (Page 197)
2.12
Template RevPoleCh
This template supports the control function
Pole-changing reversing starter
.
• MMOprtn
• MMMeas
• MMStat
• MMTime
• MMRevDhl
• FbSwtMMS
• EventTs
Interconnections
1. Instantiate the template from the SIMOCODE pro Library.
2. Assign the input address of the SIMOCODE Pro device to the textual interconnection
"Input WORD address of SIMOCODE Pro Module (IW x)" for linking the parameters
PZDIn01 (SIMOCODE blocks) / PZDIn1 (FbSwtMMS) with the logical address of the
starter.
Reference
Description of the blocks (Page 61)
Parameter (Page 197)
Templates
2.13 Template SolValve
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 43
2.13
Template SolValve
This template supports the control function
Solenoid valve
.
• MMOprtn
• MMMeas
• MMStat
• MMTime
• VlvL
• FbSwtMMS
• EventTs
Interconnections
1. Instantiate the template from the SIMOCODE pro Library.
2. Assign the input address of the SIMOCODE Pro device to the textual interconnection
"Input WORD address of SIMOCODE Pro Module (IW x)" for linking the parameters
PZDIn01 (SIMOCODE blocks) / PZDIn1 (FbSwtMMS) with the logical address of the
starter.
Reference
Description of the blocks (Page 61)
Parameter (Page 197)
2.14
Template Positner
This template supports the control function
Positioner
.
• MMOprtn
• MMMeas
• MMStat
• MMTime
• VlvMotL
• FbSwtMMS
• EventTs
Interconnections
1. Instantiate the template from the SIMOCODE pro Library.
2. Assign the input address of the SIMOCODE Pro device to the textual interconnection
"Input WORD address of SIMOCODE Pro Module (IW x)" for linking the parameters
PZDIn01 (SIMOCODE blocks) / PZDIn1 (FbSwtMMS) with the logical address of the
starter.
Reference
Description of the blocks (Page 61)
Parameter (Page 197)
Templates
2.15 Template SoftStr
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
44 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
2.15
Template SoftStr
This template supports the control function
Soft starter
.
• MMOprtn
• MMMeas
• MMStat
• MMTime
• MotL
• FbSwtMMS
• EventTs
Interconnections
1. Instantiate the template from the SIMOCODE pro Library.
2. Assign the input address of the SIMOCODE Pro device to the textual interconnection
"Input WORD address of SIMOCODE Pro Module (IW x)" for linking the parameters
PZDIn01 (SIMOCODE blocks) / PZDIn1 (FbSwtMMS) with the logical address of the
starter.
Reference
Description of the blocks (Page 61)
Parameter (Page 197)
2.16
Template RevSoftStr
This template supports the control function
Soft reversing starter
.
• MMOprtn
• MMMeas
• MMStat
• MMTime
• MotRevL
• FbSwtMMS
• EventTs
Interconnections
1. Instantiate the template from the SIMOCODE pro Library.
2. Assign the input address of the SIMOCODE Pro device to the textual interconnection
"Input WORD address of SIMOCODE Pro Module (IW x)" for linking the parameters
PZDIn01 (SIMOCODE blocks) / PZDIn1 (FbSwtMMS) with the logical address of the
starter.
Reference
Description of the blocks (Page 61)
Parameter (Page 197)
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 45
Block icons and faceplate views
3
3.1
Block icons
Creating block icons in CFC
The MMTime, MMRevDhl and MMOprtn blocks can each be displayed via various block
icons.
To change/switch a block icon, enter the number for the appropriate block icon in the object
properties of the block (Input field underneath check box "Create block icon").
Please refer to the following tables to retrieve the block icon number.
Clicking on the block icon opens the corresponding faceplate and the block icon remains
highlighted as long as this faceplate is opened.
Figure 3-1 Creating block icon
Block icons and faceplate views
3.1 Block icons
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
46 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
MMTime block icons
The MMTime block provides 2 block icons.
Table 3- 1 MMTime block icons
Number
Icon
1
2
MMRevDhl block icons
The MMRevDhl block provides 2 block icons.
Table 3- 2 MMRevDhl block icons
Number
Icon
1
2
Block icons and faceplate views
3.1 Block icons
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 47
MMOprtn block icons
The MMOprtn block provides the following block icons:
Table 3- 3 MMOprtn block icons
Number
SIMOCODE pro control function
Icon
1 Overload relay
2
13
Direct starter /
soft starter
3
14
Reversing starter /
soft reversing starter
4 Molded-case circuit breaker (MCCB)
5 Star-delta starter
6 Star-delta reversing starter
7
9
Dahlander /
pole-changing starter
8
10
Dahlander reversing starter /
Pole-changing reversing starter
Block icons and faceplate views
3.2 Faceplates
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
48 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
Number
SIMOCODE pro control function
Icon
11 Solenoid valve
12 Positioners 1-5
The status display at the block icon depends upon the final status of the drive, but not on the
feedback received from the drive.
See also
Description of MMOprtn (Page 77)
Description MMTime (Page 152)
Description of MMRevDhl (Page 166)
Trend view @PG_APL_Trend.pdl (Page 54)
3.2
Faceplates
3.2.1
Faceplates - Structure
A faceplate displays all the elements of a block graphically. The faceplate is displayed in a
separate window on the Operator Station (OS). You can call the faceplate:
● Using picture selection keys
● From the process tag list
● By clicking the specific block icon
Note
WinCC tools can be used to make necessary modifications to the faceplates.
Block icons and faceplate views
3.2 Faceplates
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 49
Structure of a faceplate
①
Name of block
②
Comments, e.g., name of starter
③
"Pin faceplate" button:
You can use this button to secure the faceplate when switching the range.
④
"Back to Process" button:
You can use this button to return to the original process picture.
⑤
Toolbar for selecting the availible views for the relevant block.
Right clicking on an icon opens the selected view in a separate window.
⑥
Overview window
Icons
①
Standard
⑤
Maintenance
⑨
Memo
②
Alarm
⑥
Preview
⑩
Batch
③
Limits
⑦
Diagnostics
⑪
Logbook
④
Trend
⑧
Process image
Block icons and faceplate views
3.2 Faceplates
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
50 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
Overview window
The overview window shows the overall status of the block:
①
Group display:
Indicates whether unacknowledged alarms and warnings are pending.
②
LOCK status for messages, authorization level 5 and higher
③
Message suppression
④
Message acknowledgement, authorization level 5 and higher
⑤
Occupied - Batch:
This function indicates whether the block instance of SIMATIC BATCH is assigned.
⑥
Signal status of the block
⑦
Reserved
Expanded command area
For inputs in the dialog window that require confirmation by the operator, the command area
is expanded in the faceplate. The corresponding options are then available, depending on
the selection.
Figure 3-2 Example of expanded command area
The expanded command area can be programmed with a 2- or 3-level access concept for
the operator. The access can be changed in the WinCC Explorer using the internal
@APLCommandExecutionSteps variable.
Level 2: The operator only needs to press the command to execute.
Level 3: The operator must also press the OK button to execute the command.
Block icons and faceplate views
3.2 Faceplates
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 51
Authorization levels
Some commands are subject to permission with authorization levels via WIN CC. The
authorization levels are updated when a view is opened. The user can only execute the
commands that are enabled for him.
The authorization levels are created for the project by means of a user ID.
Figure 3-3 Assigning authorization levels in WinCC
Reference
The configuration of faceplates and icons follow the standards of the Advanced Process
Library.
For more information about this and authorization levels, refer to Function Manual "Process
Control System PCS7, PCS7 Advanced Process Library V8.0" on the Internet
(https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/57265842).
Block icons and faceplate views
3.2 Faceplates
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
52 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
3.2.2
Navigation between SIMOCODE Pro faceplates
Navigation between SIMOCODE Pro faceplates
Figure 3-4 PCS7 APL V80 SP1
Block icons and faceplate views
3.2 Faceplates
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 53
3.2.3
Views
3.2.3.1
Batch view @PG_APL_Batch.pdl
The "Batch" view is available in the MMRevDhl, MMOprtn, MMStat, MMMeas and MMTime
blocks.
Batch view
①
BatchEn
Enable status of the batch (Status1.Bit1)
②
Occupied
Occupied status of batch (Status1.Bit0)
③
BatchName
Name of batch
④
BatchID
Identification number of the batch
⑤
StepNo
Step number of batch
Block icons and faceplate views
3.2 Faceplates
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
54 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
3.2.3.2
Trend view @PG_APL_Trend.pdl
The "Trend" view is available in blocks in which curves are generated online from measured
values, for example, the motor current.
The "Trend" view is available in the MMRevDhl, MMOprtn and MMMeas blocks.
Trend view
Configuring the view
The block parameters that are evaluated for the trend are configured in the block icon of the
block.
To configure the view, use the TrendPictureName, TrendConfiguration and Trend colour
properties. Up to 10 parameters can be used for the view.
1. The file name TrendPictureName for MMOprtn and MMMeas is: "@PG_APL_Trend.PDL",
for MMRevDhl "@PG_APL_Trendbin.PDL".
2. TrendConfiguration is entered in the following format:
<ParameterName>;<TrendControl>;<Reserved>;<Name of the Curve>
e.g. MotCurr#Value;_TrendCtrl1_;Reserved;MotorCurrent
3. Trend colour determines the color of the curve.
Block icons and faceplate views
3.2 Faceplates
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 55
Object properties TrendConfiguration
Trends
Trend curves configuration for the MMOprtn block
Trends_SelFp1 Trend curves configuration for the block connected via the parameter
Trends_SelFp1 (e.g. MMMeas).
Trends_SelFp2 Trend curves configuration for the block connected via the parameter
Trends_SelFp2.
Figure 3-5 Object properties TrendConfiguration
See also
Block icons (Page 45)
Block icons and faceplate views
3.2 Faceplates
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
56 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
3.2.3.3
Alarm view @PG_APL_Alarm.pdl
The "Alarm" view is available in the MMRevDhl, MMOprtn, MMMeas, MMStat and MMTime
blocks.
Alarm view
Figure 3-6 Alarm view – example of MMRevDhl block
Block icons and faceplate views
3.2 Faceplates
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 57
3.2.3.4
Memo view
In the "Memo" view, you can leave temporary messages for other OS operators. You enter
them in the input field and store them by selecting the "Active memo checkbox."
The "Memo" view is available in the MMRevDhl block.
Memo view
The next time the faceplate is opened and the process display is changed, the user will be
informed in the status line of the block icon and the faceplate that a new message exists.
Deselecting the checkbox clears the displays on the status lines.
Block icons and faceplate views
3.2 Faceplates
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
58 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
3.2.3.5
Preview view
The preview view shows the operator permissions for each signal block.
The commands for which the operator permissions are shown depend on the block.
The operator may execute the command.
The operator may execute the command. The command is currently blocked by a
process in the block.
The operator is not permitted to execute the command.
Figure 3-7 Preview view – example of MMMeas
Block icons and faceplate views
3.3 Web Navigator
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 59
3.3
Web Navigator
The SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3 supports the Web Navigator functions.
You will find further information on configuring the Web Navigator functions in the manual
"PCS 7 - OS Web Option" under C:\Program Files\SIEMENS\Documentation\English.
Figure 3-8 Web Navigator
Block icons and faceplate views
3.3 Web Navigator
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
60 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 61
Description of the blocks
4
4.1
Functions for all blocks
4.1.1
Calling OBs
The "Generate module driver" function automatically inserts a SIMOCODE pro block into the
following organization blocks within the run sequence of the CFC:
Table 4- 1 Organization blocks
OB
Description
MMDiag
MMMeas
MMStat
MMTime
MMRevDhl
MMOprtn
OB1 Cyclic program X – – – – –
OB30...OB381 Cyclic alarms X X X X X X
OB40 Process alarm X – – X – –
OB82 Diagnostics alarm X – – – – –
OB83 Insert/remove interrupt X – – – – –
OB85 Program execution error X – – – – –
OB86 Rack fault X – – – – –
OB100 Restart (warm restart) X X X X X X
1 Insert the block in OB32, if read/write access is slow.
"X" = The OB calls the block, "–" = The OB does not call the block.
Reference
You can obtain further information on the organization blocks in the "Process Control System
PCS 7 System Functions" manual and in the system and standard functions reference
manual for S7-300/400 on the Internet
(https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/44240604).
Description of the blocks
4.1 Functions for all blocks
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
62 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
4.1.2
Called blocks
The SIMOCODE pro blocks call the following blocks:
Table 4- 2 Called blocks
Block
Description
MMDiag
MMMeas
MMStat
MMTime
MMRevDhl
MMOprtn
SFB35 ALARM_8P Generates block-specific
messages with values for
8 signals
X X X X X X
SFB52 RDREC Reads a data record X X X X – X
SFB53 WRREC Writes a data record – – – – – X
SFB54 RALRM Receives alarm X – – X – X
SFC6 RD_SINFO Reading of OB start infor-
mation
X X X X X X
SFC13 DPNRM_DG Reads the diagnostic data
of the DP slave
– – – – – X
SFC20 BLKMOV Copying of tags – – – X X –
SFC51 RDSYSST Reads the system status
list or the sublist
X – – – – –
SFC64 TIME_TCK Reads the system time X X – – – X
"X" = The SIMOCODE pro block calls this block, "–" = the SIMOCODE pro block does not call this block.
Description of the blocks
4.1 Functions for all blocks
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 63
4.1.3
Worst signal status
Worst Signal Status ST_Worst is formed from the following parameters:
Block
Parameter
MMRevDhl FbkFwdOut.ST
FbkRevOut.ST
FbkFFwdOut.ST
FbkFRevOut.ST
LocalLi.ST
FFwdLocal.ST
FwdLocal.ST
StopLocal.ST
RevLocal.ST
FRevLocal.ST
Trip.ST
MMOprtn ModF_Act.ST
RackF_Act.ST
GenFlt.ST
GenWarn.ST
EmrgStOn.ST
AutAct.ST
CstAut.ST
TrpRstLi.ST
RdDataLi.ST
GrpErr.ST
RdErr.ST
WrErr.ST
MMMeas ModF_Act.ST
RackF_Act.ST
GrpErr.ST
RdErr.ST
MMStat
ModF_Act.ST
RackF_Act.ST
GrpErr.ST
RdErr.ST
MMDiag
ModF_Act.ST
RackF_Act.ST
GrpErr.ST
Cst.ST
Rack1Err.ST
Rack2Err.ST
RdErr.ST
MMTime
ModF_Act.ST
RackF_Act.ST
RdErr.ST
Description of the blocks
4.1 Functions for all blocks
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
64 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
4.1.4
Quality code
The process values of the function blocks are generated and transferred along with a signal
status as a structured variable. This contains a statement about the signal quality. The
function blocks determine the appropriate signal status for their process outputs depending
on the signal status of the process inputs. The signal status is formed from the input
parameters according to the priority table below (highest priority is 0). This group status is
displayed in the status bar of the faceplate and of the block icon. The signal status is
displayed for each individual parameter in the faceplate next to the process values.
Table 4- 3 Quality Code
Quality
Code
Priority 1
Occurs when...
Meaning
MMDiag
MMMeas
MMStat
MMTime
MMRevDhl
MMOprtn
16#80 6 No error Good X X – X X
16#60 –
SimOn
Simulated
value
– – – X –
16#00 0 • RackF_Act
• ModF_Act
• BusFlt
Bad, device-
specific, value
not valid
X X
1 X X X
16#28 1 • Subnet error
Rack1Err or
Rack2Err
• OB not load-
ed.
Bad, device-
specific
X – – – –
16#28 2 From preceding
blocks
Bad, process-
specific
– X – X X
16#68 3 General warning Uncertain,
device-specific
X – – X X
16#A4 – Maintenance
demand
– – – X –
16#FF – Default setting – – X – – –
1 highest priority is 0.
"X"= The Quality Code occurs in this block, "–" = The quality code does not occur in this block.
Description of the blocks
4.1 Functions for all blocks
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 65
Icons
The icons for the Quality Code are displayed in the block icon and in the overview window of
the faceplates.
Table 4- 4 Icons for Quality Code display
Quality Code
Symbol
Meaning
16#80
Good
16#60
Local function check / simulation
16#00 1
Bad, device-specific, value not valid
16#28 1
Bad, process-specific
16#68
Uncertain, device-specific
16#78
Uncertain, process-specific
16#A4
Maintenance demand
1 Active Quality Codes for the Trip, Intlock, Permit, and Protect parameters in the interlock
status.
Reference
You can obtain further information on the Quality Code display, in the PCS 7 libraries APL
Styleguide programming manual in the Internet
(https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/59062870).
Description of the blocks
4.1 Functions for all blocks
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
66 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
4.1.5
Error numbers
The SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library blocks have an output parameter ErrorNum that can be
used to output internal error states of the block as error numbers.
Each error number is assigned to a specific error. The routine always displays the error
number of the error most recently detected in a block cycle.
Table 4- 5 Error numbers per block
Error
code
Error type
Description
MMDiag
MMMeas
MMStat
MMRevDhl
MMOprtn
-1 – Predefined value when inserting
the block; the block is not pro-
cessed.
X X X X X
0 – No error X X X X X
1 System error Rack failure X X X – X
2 System error The module has been removed. – – – – X
3 System error The module does not respond. X X X – X
4 System error Subnet 1 or subnet 2 error X – – – –
5 System error Module inserted, but invalid mod-
ule type
– – – – X
41 Program-
ming error
The value for LocalSetting I/O is
not within the permissible limits of
0 to 4.
– – – X –
42 Program-
ming error
LocalSetting = 0 or
LocalSetting = 3 or
LocalSetting = 4 and
LocalLi = 1
– – – X –
51 Program-
ming error
Error number for invalid signal
state
e.g. FwdLocal = 1 and StopLocal
= 1
FwdAut = 1 and StopAut = 1
AutModLi = 1 and ManModLi = 1
FwdForce = 1 and RevForce = 1
– – – X X
52 Program-
ming error
LocalAct = 1 and
LocalSetting = 2 or 4 and
SimOn = 1
– – – X –
"X" = Error occurs in this block, "–" = Error does not occur in this block
See also
IO station failure (PROFIBUS DP or PROFINET IO) (Page 75)
Fault handling (Page 84)
Description of the blocks
4.1 Functions for all blocks
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 67
4.1.6
Parameterizable functions via the Feature connection
The modules of the library have an input named Feature. You can influence various
responses of the block via this input.
The Feature Bits are assigned in the following order:
Table 4- 6 Meaning of Feature.Bits
Feature.Bit
Meaning
MMRevDhl
MMOprtn
MMMeas
MMStat
MMTime
Feature.Bit0 Set startup characteristics
0 = Reset outputs to substitute value (OB100)
1 = Outputs are assigned the last valid value
X X – –
Feature.Bit1 Response for Out of service mode X X X X
Feature.Bit2
Resets the commands for switching between modes X X – –
Separate evaluation for excluded and simulated
interlock signals
X – – –
Feature.Bit3 Enable resetting of the commands for the control
setting
X – – –
Feature.Bit4 Set switch mode or pushbutton mode
0 = Pushbutton mode
1 = Switch mode
X X – –
Feature.Bit5 Set switching mode X – – –
Feature.Bit7 Enable direct changeover between forward and
reverse operation
X – – –
Feature.Bit9 Reset via input signals in the event of interlocking
(protection) or errors
X – – –
Feature.Bit10 Exit local mode
1 = When Manual LOCAL mode is exited, switch to
the last setting of AUTO / MANUAL mode.
X X – –
Feature.Bit11 Enable runtime for feedback signals X – – –
Feature.Bit14 Enable rapid stop via faceplate X – – –
Feature.Bit17 Activate bumpless changeover to automatic mode X – – –
Feature.Bit18 Activate fault status for external control system fault
(CSF)
X – – –
Feature.Bit19 Reset even in locked state X – – –
Feature.Bit21 Bumpless switchover to automatic mode X – – –
Feature.Bit22 Update acknowledgment and error status of the
alarm call
X X X X
Feature.Bit23 0 = All messages are forwarded via the EventTs
block to the APL motor block Alarm view.
1 = All messages are shown in the Alarm view of the
MMOprtn block.
– X – –
Feature.Bit24 Activate local operator permission X X X –
Feature.Bit25 Suppression of all messages X X X X
Description of the blocks
4.1 Functions for all blocks
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
68 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
Feature.Bit
Meaning
MMRevDhl
MMOprtn
MMMeas
MMStat
MMTime
Feature.Bit27 Interlock display with
LocalSetting
2 or 4 X – – –
Feature.Bit30 Define reset as a function of the mode X – – –
Feature.Bit31 Enable reset of interlocks in manual mode X – – –
"X" = Feature.Bit is available, "–" = Feature.Bit is not available.
The default setting is 0 in each case.
For more information about the parameterizable functions, refer to the function manual
"Process Control System PCS 7. PCS 7 Advanced Process Library V8.0" in the Internet
(https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/57265842).
4.1.7
Reading and writing data records
The blocks use SFB 52 "RDREC" function to read and process values from data records,
and the SFB 53 "WRREC" function to process and write values to data records of the
SIMOCODE pro device.
The "Read Data" button in the faceplates is used to update the displayed values by calling
the "RDREC" at the function block.
Reading can only be performed successfully if the function Write to data records "WRREC"
is not executed at the same time.
Read parameter data record
Reading data records is performed irrespective of the current mode.
Write function
It is only possible to write data records if the block is in REMOTE mode to configure current
limits for the SIMOCODE pro module configured with a current measuring module.
Description of the blocks
4.1 Functions for all blocks
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 69
Errors when reading/writing data record
The following errors can occur when reading/writing the data record:
Table 4- 7 Errors when reading/writing data record
Error code
(W#16#...)
Description
8085 Due to a problem in the system, information is not currently available (for exam-
ple, due to a lack of resources).
80A2 DP protocol error at layer 2
80A3 • PROFIBUS DP: DP protocol error with Direct-Data-Link-Mapper or user inter-
face/user
• PROFINET IO: General CM error
80A4 Bus communication disrupted
80C0 The module has the data record, however there are no read data yet.
80C2 The module currently processes the maximum possible jobs for a CPU.
80C3 The required operating resources (memory, etc.) are currently occupied.
80C4 Internal temporary error. Job could not be carried out.
Repeat the job. If this error occurs often, check your installation for sources of
electrical interference.
80C6 Data record transfer was canceled due to priority class cancellation.
80C7 Job cancelled due to restart (warm restart) or cold restart of DP master.
If any of these errors is detected, the function call to read or write data record is executed
again. The maximum count of these repetitive calls is set to 300 beyond which an error is
reported as a read error or write error at the RdErr or WrErr output parameter respectively.
Description of the blocks
4.1 Functions for all blocks
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
70 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
4.1.8
Read Record error status
The "Read Record" error status function is available for the MMDiag, MMOprtn, MMMeas,
MMStat and MMTime blocks.
Displaying the error status in the "Alarm" view
The
"Read Record" error status is shown at the output parameter RdErrStat.
To display the error status as a message in the "Alarm" view, proceed as follows:
1. Interconnect the output parameter RdErrStat with one of the pins of the external values
(ExtVaXXX).
2. Interconnect the output parameter RdErr with one of the pins of the external messages
(ExtMsgX).
3. Configure the message in the auxiliary value ALARM_8P accordingly.
4. Compile and download the CFCs.
5. Recompile the OS.
4.1.9
Write Record error status
The "Write Record" error status function is available for the MMOprtn and MMStat blocks.
Displaying the error status in the "Alarm" view
The "Write Record" error status is shown at the output parameter WrErrStat.
To display the error status as a message in the "Alarm" view, proceed as follows:
1. Connect the output parameter WrErrStat with one of the pins of the external values
(ExtVaXXX).
2. Connect the output parameter WrErr with one of the pins of the external messages
(ExtMsgX).
3. Configure the message in the auxiliary value ALARM_8P accordingly.
4. Compile and download the CFCs.
5. Recompile the OS.
Description of the blocks
4.2 Diagnostics block MMDiag
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 71
4.2
Diagnostics block MMDiag
4.2.1
Description of MMDiag
Purpose of the block
The MMDiag block is responsible for diagnosis of the SIMOCODE pro device.
● It evaluates the acyclic events:
– Start
– DP/IO station failure
– Module fault
– Process alarm
– Diagnosis alarm
● It generates the associated Quality Codes.
● It reads all diagnostic information for the MOD_SWT block.
● It transmits the status information to the signal processing block via the OMODE
parameter output.
Views
The MMDiag block does not support views.
References
● Overview of the templates, control functions and blocks (Page 31)
● Functions for all blocks (Page 61)
● MMDiag block parameter (Page 197)
● Structure of UDTs for MMDiag (Page 199)
4.2.2
Acyclic reading of data record 92
Data record 92 is only read if the device triggers a trip or a warning.
Note
The setting/resetting of a status/event is only possible if another trip or warning is triggered.
Reason: Only these events trigger the reading of DS92.
Description of the blocks
4.2 Diagnostics block MMDiag
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
72 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
4.2.3
Message characteristics
MMDiag signals the following errors/faults:
● DP/IO station fault (Rack1Err, Rack2Err)
● Rack fault (RackF_Act)
● Module fault (ModF_Act)
● Connection fault (BusFlt)
An error generates a group error GrpErr in output parameter Err_Act.
The Subn1_Id and Subn2_Id parameters of the SUBNET function block (FB106) are linked
with the Subn1Id and Subn2Id parameters of the MMDiag block. These parameters forward
the error information of the primary and redundant master system. This information is
provided to output parameters Rack1Err and Rack2Err of the MMDiag block.
Message block MsgEvId1
Table 4- 8 Output messages MMDiag
Message block
Message No.
Block parameters
Message text
Message
class *
MsgEvId1
1 Rack1Err
$$BlockComment$$ Subnet1: @1%d@: Fault S
2
Rack2Err
$$BlockComment$$ Subnet2: @2%d@: Fault S
3 RackF_Act
$$BlockComment$$ Device
@1%d@/@3%d@: Failure
S
4
ModF_Act
$$BlockComment$$ Device rack
@1%d@/@3%d@: Module error
S
5 BusFlt
$$BlockComment$$ Device rack
@1%d@/@3%d@: Not reachable
S
6
ExtMsg1
** $$BlockComment$$ External Message 1 S
7
ExtMsg2
** $$BlockComment$$ External Message 2 S
8
ExtMsg3
** $$BlockComment$$ External Message 3 S
* S = AS, OS process control fault
** User-definable message
Description of the blocks
4.2 Diagnostics block MMDiag
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 73
Auxiliary values
Table 4- 9 Structure of the auxiliary values ALARM_8P
Message No.
Auxiliary
value
Block parameters
Meaning
1 1 Subn1Id
ID of the primary subnet
2 2
Subn2Id
ID of the redundant subnet
3 3 Rack_No
Rack number
4 4 Slot_No
Slot number
5 5 ExtVa105
Auxiliary value 5, user-definable
6 6
ExtVa106
Auxiliary value 6, user-definable
7 7
ExtVa107
Auxiliary value 7, user-definable
8 8
ExtVa108
Auxiliary value 8, user-definable
9 9 ExtVa109
Auxiliary value 9, user-definable
10 10 ExtVa110
Auxiliary value 10, user-definable
The MsgStat1, MsgAckn1, and MsgErr1 parameters transfer the following information:
● Message status
● Message error
● Message acknowledgment status
4.2.4
Driver generator
The "Generate Module Driver" function automatically inserts the MMDiag block into the
following organization blocks within the run sequence:
● OB1 (cyclic program)
● OB40 (process alarm)
● OB82 (diagnostics alarm)
● OB83 (pull/plug alarm)
● OB85 (program execution error)
● OB86 (rack fault)
● OB100 (cold restart)
The block is inserted behind the OB_DIAG1 / OB_DIAG1_PN block in the CFC chart.
The Rack_No, Slot_No, SubSlot_No, SubAddr, DAddr, LAddr, Subn1Id, Subn2Id, and SubN_Typ
inputs are configured via the information from HW Config.
Description of the blocks
4.2 Diagnostics block MMDiag
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
74 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
4.2.5
Start-up characteristics
In OB100, the identifier for "Start up" is entered in output OMODE (OMODE = 16#xx01xxxx).
The alarm messages are suppressed in the OB100 for the RunUpCyc no. of times.
Acknowledge the errors GrpErr, RackF_Act, ModF_Act, Rack1Err, and Rack2Err.
4.2.6
Module error
Following a restart and when AccId = TRUE , a check of the module addressed with LAddr is
carried out. The system status list SSL ID xC91 is read out for this purpose. If the module
addressed with LAddr is missing, the ModF_Act output is set and the identifier for "higher-level
fault" is entered for the OMODE output (OMODE = 16#40xxxxxx).
The module fault is detected by the event number 16#61 for PROFIBUS and 16#51 for
PROFINET for event class 16#39.
The module fault is detected while the SIMOCODE pro device is configured behind a Y-Link.
The logical address of the module (LAddr) is derived based on the geographical address of
the module, e.g. from SubN1_Id, Rack_No, Slot_No, SubSlot_No, and SubAddr.
Note
The "module rack fault" takes precedence over the module fault.
Description of the blocks
4.2 Diagnostics block MMDiag
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 75
4.2.7
IO station failure (PROFIBUS DP or PROFINET IO)
The OB_DIAG1 / OB_DIAG1_PN block detects the failure of the station, and evaluates it
based on the event class and event number (see table).
In the event of a fault, the identifier for "higher-level fault" (OMODE = 16#40xxxxxx) is
entered for the OMODE output.
Fault
Event number
Event class
PROFIBUS DP
PROFIBUS DP station failure (
RackF_Act
) 16#C4 16#39
PROFIBUS DP station return 16#C4 16#38
PROFIBUS DP station error 16#C5 16#39
Reset PROFIBUS DP station error 16#C5 16#38
PROFIBUS DP station return, but error in assignment of
the module parameters
16#C6, 16#C7 16#38
PROFINET IO
PROFINET IO system failure 16#CA 16#39
PROFINET IO station failure 16#CB 16#39
Reset PROFINET IO station error 16#C5 16#38
Return of PROFINET IO station, but error 16#CC 16#38
Return of PROFINET IO station, but target configuration
not equal to actual configuration
16#CD 16#39
Return of PROFINET IO station, but error in assignment
of the module parameters
16#CE 16#39
If the "rack failure" error (RackF_Act = 1) occurs, the connection to the device is lost (BusFlt
= 1).
Reference
You will find more information about the organization blocks in the reference manual System
and Standard Functions for S7-300/400 in the Internet
(https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/44240604).
Description of the blocks
4.3 MMOprtn block
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
76 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
4.2.8
Failure of a PROFIBUS DP station
The PROFIBUS connection error is reported at the BusFlt output of the MMDiag block and
as an alarm in WinCC.
Table 4- 10 Possible reasons for the connection error
Byte 0
Meaning
Reason or remedy
Bit 0 1: DP slave cannot be
accessed by the DP
master.
• DP slave cannot be accessed by the DP master.
• Is the station address of the DP slave set correctly?
• Is the bus connection plug connected?
• Is voltage applied to the DP slave?
• Is the RS 485 Repeater secured correctly?
• Has a reset been performed on the DP slave?
4.2.9
Malfunction when loading the OB
Interrupt OB 85 sets or resets the priority class error GrpErr (malfunction when loading OBs).
Table 4- 11 Events during which OB 85 GrpErr is reset
Fault
Event number
Event class
Error when creating a start event for an OB. This is not
loaded to the CPU.
16#A1,16#A2 or
16#A3
16#35
Error when the operating system accesses a module. 16#B1,16#B2 16#39
16#B3 16#39 or 16#38
GrpErr is only triggered once for one execution cycle of the block.
Description of the blocks
4.3 MMOprtn block
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 77
4.3
MMOprtn block
4.3.1
Description of MMOprtn
Purpose of the block
The MMOprtn block supports the control functions in the Advanced Process Library (APL)
that are specific to SIMOCODE pro.
● Via the block, commands such as emergency start, test, trip reset are started because
these functions are not supported by the APL themselves.
● The block reads the data records.
● SIMOCODE data records are configured via the block.
Block icons and faceplates
The MMOprtn block can be displayed via the block icons (Page 45) that reproduce the
control functions.
The status of the programmed control functions is displayed via the faceplates, e.g. motor
status, diagnostic information of the device.
Views
The MMOprtn block supports the following views:
● Batch (Page 53)
● Trend (Page 54)
● Alarm (Page 56)
● Preview (Page 58)
● Standard (Page 122)
● Limits (Page 124)
● Diagnostics (Page 126)
● Process image (Page 127)
References
● Functions for all blocks (Page 61)
● Overview of the templates, control functions and blocks (Page 31)
● Block parameter MMOprtn (Page 207)
Description of the blocks
4.3 MMOprtn block
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
78 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
4.3.2
Operating modes
The following operating modes are displayed by the block:
● Local
● Automatic
● Manual
● Out of service
An APL block is connected to the MMOprtn driver block to control Local / Remote mode
(automatic / MANUAL).
Depending on the value of the process image input in PZDIn01, the block is switched to Local
mode. The device is switched to Local mode via the APL blocks and the FbSwtMMS channel
block. The command for switching modes changes the process input image PZDIn01.
4.3.3
Motor current
The motor current is transferred via the input parameter PZDIn23 as an unsigned 2-byte
value. SIMOCODE pro always transfers the current here as a percentage of the set current
in a range from 0 to 1020%.
The MotCurr parameter calculates this as a percentage.
The MotCurrE parameter calculates the motor current actually drawn in amps based on the
set current for the motor configured in SIMOCODE.
Note
The motor current is only calculated if the current measuring module is connected to the
SIMOCODE pro device and configured.
Description of the blocks
4.3 MMOprtn block
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 79
4.3.4
Device functions
Parameter DevFunc
The DevFunc parameter provides information about the parameterization of SIMOCODE pro
and the configuration of further modules by reading the DS130. The data are relevant for:
● Device class
● Control function
● Status thermistor
● Status analog module
● Status temperature
● Status ground fault module
● Status voltage module
● Current measuring module
The structure of the DevFunc parameter can be found in the UDT "OPERATION".
Figure 4-1 UDT OPERATION
Description of the blocks
4.3 MMOprtn block
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
80 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
CtrlFunc parameter
The CtrlFunc parameter contains the value of the configured control function of SIMOCODE,
e.g. direct starter.
Table 4- 12 Assignment
Bit
Control function
0 Overload relay
1 Direct starter
2 Reversing starter
3 Linked device (MCCB)
4 Star-delta starter
5 Star-delta reversing starter
6 Dahlander
7 Dahlander reversing starter
8 Pole-changing starter
9 Pole-changing reversing starter
10 Valve
11 Positioner 1
12 Positioner 2
13 Positioner 3
14 Positioner 4
15 Positioner 5
16 Soft starter
17 Soft reversing starter
4.3.5
Current limits
Current limits
The current limits are read out from data record DS130. Reading of the data record is
triggered either via the interconnectable input parameter RdDataLi, in the OS when selecting
the limit value view, or by OS operation (RdDataOp). The RdWrAct output is reset during
communication.
The read data are output at the in/out parameters Trip high (Curr_TH), Trip low (Curr_TL),
Warning high (Curr_WH) and Warning low (Curr_WL).
If an error occurs, the values are set to zero and the output RdErr = TRUE is set.
The limit values can also be parameterized in the faceplate. If the values are changed, they
are written to SIMOCODE pro.
Description of the blocks
4.3 MMOprtn block
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 81
The signaling response in the case of limit value violations is parameterized with
SIMOCODE ES or SIMATIC PDM. Under
Monitoring functions
→
Current limits
, the response
to trip level/warning level is set for this purpose as follows:
● Trip level: disabled or tripping.
● Warning level: disabled or warning
If an error occurs when writing, the values are reset to 0 and the output WrErr = TRUE is set.
Overshooting or undershooting of the limit values results in transmission of the relevant
message provided the limit value message has not been completely switched off via the
MsgLock parameter (default is: switched off). Limit value violation messages are generated in
SIMOCODE pro and evaluated in the block.
Range limits
The range limits for the limit bars are parameterized using the function inputs CurrOpScale
and can be adjusted in the OS.
4.3.6
Hysteresis
Limit value monitoring with hysteresis
The MMOprtn block supports the standard function limit value monitoring with hysteresis.
You use the hysteresis, for example, to suppress signal flutter on the device (parameter
LmtHyst).
The hysteresis value is read by the device and is used for monitoring.
4.3.7
Emergency start
Purpose of emergency start
Emergency start deletes the thermal memory from SIMOCODE pro each time it is activated.
This allows the motor to be immediately restarted after an overload trip.
The emergency start function sets the process image output DP 0.4,
in such a way that the
motor can be started again immediately.
Description of the blocks
4.3 MMOprtn block
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
82 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
The following parameters are active in the various operating modes of the block:
Table 4- 13 Emergency start
Operating mode
Parameter
Value
Meaning
Assigned PIQ bits
AUTO EmrgStAut
1
0
Enable emergency start
Disable emergency start
DP 0.4 = 1
MANUAL EmrgStMan 1, 2 1
0
Enable emergency start
Disable emergency start
DP 0.4 = 1
1 In the Standard view, if the operator permission exists (OS_Perm).
2 The self-test command of MANUAL mode tracks the respective command in AUTO mode to ena-
ble a bumpless transfer of the command state during mode switchover.
4.3.8
Self-test
The SIMOCODE pro test functions are activated by setting the parameters CstAut / CstMan.
The self-test can be triggered by interconnecting the inputs CstAut / CstMan, or by using the
"Test" button in the operator block. This requires the motor to be in the "Stop" state without a
fault. If the motor is running, the interconnection is ignored and the button in the operator
block is deactivated.
The following parameters are active in the various operating modes of the block:
Table 4- 14 Self-test
Operating mode
Parameter
Value
Meaning
Assigned PIQ bits
AUTO
CstAut
1
0
Enable self-test
Disable self-test
DP 0.5 = 1
MANUAL CstMan 1, 2 1
0
Enable self-test
Disable self-test
DP 0.5 = 1
1 If the operation has been enabled in the Standard view (OS_Perm = 1).
2 The self-test command of MANUAL mode tracks the respective command in AUTO mode to ena-
ble a bumpless transfer of the command state during mode switchover.
Test phases
Phase 1: Hardware test / lamp test
● The hardware is tested.
● LEDs, indicators and lamp controls are activated.
● Contactor controls remain unchanged.
Description of the blocks
4.3 MMOprtn block
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 83
Phase 2: Hardware test result
● If there is a fault,
HW fault basic unit
is triggered.
● If there is no fault:
– The "GEN. FAULT" LED flashes when no main current is flowing.
– The "GEN. FAULT" LED flickers if main current is flowing (in all three phases)
● Contactor controls remain unchanged.
4.3.9
Trip reset
SIMOCODE can be reset with the trip reset command in the following situations:
● The cause of the fault has been eliminated.
● No ON control command is pending.
● RdytoReset is generated in the previous APL or at the MMRevDhl block
This resets the process image output PIQ DP 0.6.
Reset trip
A trip can be reset as follows:
Table 4- 15 Trip reset
Operating mode
Parameter
Value
Meaning
Assigned PIQ bits
AUTO /
MANUAL
TrpRstLi
1 Trip reset active, trip is reset. DP 0.6 = 1
AUTO /
MANUAL
TrpRstOp 1, 2 1 Trip reset active, trip is reset. DP 0.6 = 1
1 The command is reset at the end of the execution cycle of the block.
2
If the operation has been enabled in the Standard view (OS_Perm = 1).
4.3.10
Group fault
The output parameter for group error GrpErr is set when one of the errors listed below is
detected. The Standard view displays these errors as a group error in plain text.
● General Fault (GenFlt) of the SIMOCODE
● Module Fault
● Rack Fault
Description of the blocks
4.3 MMOprtn block
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
84 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
4.3.11
Fault handling
The following errors can be displayed for this block:
● Error numbers (Page 66)
● Mode changeover error
● Invalid input signals
4.3.12
Invalid input signals
The "Invalid input signals" error is output if there are inconsistencies between associated
inputs and outputs. For example, you cannot issue start commands and stop commands to
the motor simultaneously.
If the block algorithm detects an invalid combination of input signals, it will issue an error
number at the ErrorNum output, depending on the block.
The STANDARD view displays this error in plain text.
4.3.13
Message characteristics
The alarms are output using the ALARM_8P function.
The messages can be enabled or disabled using the MsgLock input.
The alarms are also suppressed if the block is in Out of service mode.
The alarms are suppressed on warm restart for the number of cycles set for power up in the
RunUpCyc parameter.
Message block MsgEvId1
Table 4- 16 Output messages
Message
block
Message
No.
Block parameters
Message text
Message
class *
MsgEvId1
1 External message 1
$$BlockComment$$ External Message 1 S
2
External message 2
$$BlockComment$$ External Message 2 S
3 External message 3
$$BlockComment$$ External Message 3 S
4
External message 4
$$BlockComment$$ External Message 4 S
5 External message 5
$$BlockComment$$ External Message 5 S
6 External message 6
$$BlockComment$$ External Message 6 S
7 External message 7
$$BlockComment$$ External Message 7 S
8 External message 8
$$BlockComment$$ External Message 8 S
* S = AS, OS process control fault
Description of the blocks
4.3 MMOprtn block
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 85
Auxiliary value
The block supports 10 programmable auxiliary values.
Table 4- 17 Structure of the auxiliary values ALARM_8P
Message No.
Auxiliary
value
Block parameters
Meaning
1 1 SarrBatchName
Batch name
2 2
SdwStepNoLoc
Step number of batch
3 3 SdwBatchId
Identification number of the batch
4 4 ExtVa104
External value 4, user-definable
5 5 ExtVa105
External value 5, user-definable
6 6
ExtVa106
External value 6, user-definable
7 7
ExtVa107
External value 7, user-definable
8 8
ExtVa108
External value 8, user-definable
9 9 ExtVa109
External value 9, user-definable
10 10 ExtVa110
External value 10, user-definable
The MsgStat1, MsgAckn1, and MsgErr1 parameters transfer the following information:
● Message status
● Message error
● Message acknowledgment status
4.3.14
Messages via EventTs message block
Whenever an alarm is generated in the SIMOCODE pro device, this is passed on to the input
parameter EventTsIn of the APL block via the output parameter EventTsOut of the EventTs
block. These alarms are displayed in the Alarm view.
The MMOprtn block generates eight signals that are processed as messages at the
corresponding APL blocks with the use of the EventTs block. The following output
parameters of the MMOprtn block are interconnected with inputs In1 to In8 of the EventTs
block for this purpose:
● Group warning
● Group fault
● Control System Fault (CSF)
● Current warning high
● Current warning low
● Current trip high
● Current trip low
Description of the blocks
4.3 MMOprtn block
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
86 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
MsgEvId2 message block
Table 4- 18 Output messages
Message
block
Message
No.
Block parameters
Message text
Message
class *
MsgEvId2
1 GenWarn
$$BlockComment$$ Group Warning:
@4W%t#MMOprtn_WRN@
W
2 GenFlt
$$BlockComment$$ Group Fault:
@5W%t#MMOprtn_TRP@
S
3 CSFlt
$$BlockComment$$ Control System Fault: S
4
CurWrnH
$$BlockComment$$ Warning I> A
5 CurWrnL
$$BlockComment$$ Warning I< A
6 CurTrpH
$$BlockComment$$ Trip I> A
7 CurTrpL
$$BlockComment$$ Trip I< A
* W = Warning; S = AS, OS process control fault; A = Alarm
GenWarn and GenFlt block parameters
GenWarn is of the type DigvalE (DigvalE.Value: BOOL; DigvalE.ST: error number)
● GenWarn.Value = 1 if
the number indicating the cause of the warning is > 0.
● GenWarn.ST displays
the number indicating the cause of the warning.
GenFlt is of the type DigvalE (DigvalE.Value: BOOL; DigvalE.ST: error number)
● GenFlt.Value = 1 if the number indicating the cause of the trip is > 0.
● GenFlt.ST displays the number indicating the cause of the trip.
4.3.15
System text libraries for warning and trip
System text libraries are created if MMOprtn blocks are inserted into the CFC chart. They
are assigned the numbers of the warnings and trips.
Numbers for warnings
Table 4- 19 Numbers for warnings
WrngNo
Text
1 Pre-warning overloaded
2 Unbalance
3 Overload
4 Overload and loss of phase
5 Internal earth fault
6 External earth fault
7 Thermistor trip level
Description of the blocks
4.3 MMOprtn block
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 87
WrngNo
Text
8 Thermistor short circuit
9 Thermistor open circuit
10 TM1 level T >
11 TM1 Sensor fault
12 TM1 Out of Range
13 Level I>
14 Level I<
15 Level P>
16 Level P<
17 Level Cos-Phi <
18 Level U <
19 AM1 level 0/4-20mA >
20 AM1 level 0/4-20mA <
21 Stalled rotor
22 No start possible
23 Number of starts >
24 Just one start possible
25 Motor operating hours>
26 Motor stop time >
27 External fault 1
28 External fault 2
29 External fault 3
30 External fault 4
31 External fault 5
32 External fault 6
33 AM1 open circuit
34 DM-F safety-oriented tripping
35 DM-F monitoring interval for mandatory testing - test required
36 DM-F feedback circuit
37 DM-FL simultaneity
Expanded diagnostics for PROFINET devices:
38 TM2 level T >
39 TM2 sensor fault
40 TM2 Out of Range
41 AM2 level 0/4-20mA >
42 AM2 level 0/4-20mA <
43 AM2 open circuit
44 EM open circuit
45 EM short circuit
Description of the blocks
4.3 MMOprtn block
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
88 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
Numbers for trip
Table 4- 20 Numbers for trip
TripNo
Text
1 Hardware fault basic unit
2 Module fault
3 Temporary components
4 Configuration fault
5 Parameterization
6 Bus
7 PLC/PCS
8 Execution on-command
9 Execution stop-command
10 Feedback On
11 Feedback Off
12 Stalled positioner
13 Double 0
14 Double 1
15 End position
16 Antivalence
17 Test position feedback (TPF)
18 Power failure (UVO)
19 Operational protection Off (OPO)
20 Unbalance
21 Overload
22 Overload and loss of phase
23 Internal earth fault
24 External earth fault
25 Thermistor trip level
26 Thermistor short circuit
27 Thermistor open circuit
28 TM1 level T >
29 TM1 sensor fault
30 TM1 out of range
31 Level I >
32 Level I <
33 Level P >
34 Level P <
35 Level Cos-Phi <
36 Level U <
37 AM1 Level 0/4-20mA >
38 AM1 Level 0/4-20mA <
39 Stalled rotor
Description of the blocks
4.3 MMOprtn block
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 89
TripNo
Text
40 Number of starts >
41 External fault 1
42 External fault 2
43 External fault 3
44 External fault 4
45 External fault 5
46 External fault 6
47 AM1 open circuit
48 Test shutdown
49 DM-F safety-oriented tripping
50 DM-F wiring
51 DM-FL cross circuit
Expanded diagnostics for PROFINET devices:
52 TM2 level T >
53 TM2 sensor fault
54 TM2 out of range
55 AM2 level 0/4-20mA >
56 AM2 level 0/4-20mA <
57 AM2 open circuit
58 EM open circuit
59 EM short circuit
Description of the blocks
4.3 MMOprtn block
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
90 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
4.3.16
Process images for the MMOprtn block
Overload relay control function
Table 4- 21 Overload relay – Process image inputs and outputs
Bit
MMOprtn – output
parameters
PII – Meaning
PIQ – Meaning
Bit 0.0 – – –
Bit 0.1 – – –
Bit 0.2 – – –
Bit 0.3 PreWrnOvl Event – Prewarning overload
(I>115 %)
Test 1 – Input
Bit 0.4 – – Emergency start – Input
Bit 0.5 – – –
Bit 0.6 GenFlt Status – General fault Reset 1 – Input
Bit 0.7 GenWarn Status – General warning –
Bit 1.0 – – –
Bit 1.1 – – –
Bit 1.2 – – –
Bit 1.3 – – –
Bit 1.4 – – –
Bit 1.5 – – –
Bit 1.6 – – –
Bit 1.7 – – –
Byte 2 PZDIn23 Maximum current I_max –
Byte 3 PZDIn23 Maximum current I_max –
Byte 4 – – –
Byte 5 – – –
Byte 6 – – –
Byte 7 – – –
Byte 8 – – –
Byte 9 – – –
Description of the blocks
4.3 MMOprtn block
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 91
Direct starter control function
Table 4- 22 Direct starter – Process image inputs and outputs
Bit
MMOprtn – output
parameters
PII – Meaning
PIQ – Meaning
Bit 0.0 – – –
Bit 0.1 FbkOut2 Status – OFF PLC/PCS [DP] → OFF
Bit 0.2 FbkOut3 Status – ON > PLC/PCS [DP] → ON
Bit 0.3 PreWrnOvl Event – Prewarning overload
(I>115 %)
Test 1 – Input
Bit 0.4 – – Emergency start – Input
Bit 0.5 LocalAct Status – Remote mode Mode selector S1
Bit 0.6 GenFlt Status – General fault Reset 1 – Input
Bit 0.7 GenWarn Status – General warning –
Bit 1.0 – – –
Bit 1.1 – Event – Feedback test posi-
tion
–
Bit 1.2 – – –
Bit 1.3 – – –
Bit 1.4 – – –
Bit 1.5 – – –
Bit 1.6 – – –
Bit 1.7 – – –
Byte 2 PZDIn23 Maximum current I_max –
Byte 3 PZDIn23 Maximum current I_max –
Byte 4 – – –
Byte 5 – – –
Byte 6 – – –
Byte 7 – – –
Byte 8 – – –
Byte 9 – – –
Description of the blocks
4.3 MMOprtn block
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
92 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
Reversing starter control function
Table 4- 23 Reversing starter – Process image inputs and outputs
Bit
MMOprtn – output
parameters
PII – Meaning
PIQ – Meaning
Bit 0.0 FbkOut1 Status – ON < PLC/PCS [DP] → ON <
Bit 0.1 FbkOut2 Status – OFF PLC/PCS [DP] → OFF
Bit 0.2 FbkOut3 Status – ON > PLC/PCS [DP] → ON
Bit 0.3 PreWrnOvl Event – Prewarning overload
(I>115 %)
Test 1 – Input
Bit 0.4 IntlAct Status – Interlock time active Emergency start – Input
Bit 0.5 LocalAct Status – Remote mode Mode selector S1
Bit 0.6 GenFlt Status – General fault Reset 1 – Input
Bit 0.7 GenWarn Status – General warning –
Bit 1.0 – – –
Bit 1.1 – Event – Feedback test posi-
tion
–
Bit 1.2 – – –
Bit 1.3 – – –
Bit 1.4 – – –
Bit 1.5 – – –
Bit 1.6 – – –
Bit 1.7 – – –
Byte 2 PZDIn23 Maximum current I_max –
Byte 3 PZDIn23 Maximum current I_max –
Byte 4 – – –
Byte 5 – – –
Byte 6 – – –
Byte 7 – – –
Byte 8 – – –
Byte 9 – – –
Description of the blocks
4.3 MMOprtn block
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 93
Molded-case circuit breaker (MCCB) control function
Table 4- 24 Molded-case circuit breaker (MCCB) – Process image inputs and outputs
Bit
MMOprtn – output
parameters
PII – Meaning
PIQ – Meaning
Bit 0.0 – – –
Bit 0.1 FbkOut2 Status – OFF PLC/PCS [DP] → OFF
Bit 0.2 FbkOut3 Status – ON > PLC/PCS [DP] → ON
Bit 0.3 PreWrnOvl Event – Prewarning overload
(I>115 %)
Test 1 – Input
Bit 0.4 – – Emergency start – Input
Bit 0.5 LocalAct Status – Remote mode Mode selector S1
Bit 0.6 GenFlt Status – General fault Reset 1 – Input
Bit 0.7 GenWarn Status – General warning –
Bit 1.0 – – –
Bit 1.1 – Event – Feedback test posi-
tion
–
Bit 1.2 – – –
Bit 1.3 – – –
Bit 1.4 – – –
Bit 1.5 – – –
Bit 1.6 – – –
Bit 1.7 – – –
Byte 2 PZDIn23 Maximum current I_max –
Byte 3 PZDIn23 Maximum current I_max –
Byte 4 – – –
Byte 5 – – –
Byte 6 – – –
Byte 7 – – –
Byte 8 – – –
Byte 9 – – –
Description of the blocks
4.3 MMOprtn block
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
94 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
Star-delta starter control function
Table 4- 25 Star-delta starter – Process image inputs and outputs
Bit
MMOprtn – output
parameters
PII – Meaning
PIQ – Meaning
Bit 0.0 – – –
Bit 0.1 FbkOut2 Status – OFF PLC/PCS [DP] → OFF
Bit 0.2 FbkOut3 Status – ON PLC/PCS [DP] → ON
Bit 0.3 PreWrnOvl Event – Prewarning overload
(I>115 %)
Test 1 – Input
Bit 0.4 ChgOvrAct Status – Change-over pause
active
Emergency start – Input
Bit 0.5 LocalAct Status – Remote mode Mode selector S1
Bit 0.6 GenFlt Status – General fault Reset 1 – Input
Bit 0.7 GenWarn Status – General warning –
Bit 1.0 – – –
Bit 1.1 – Event – Feedback test posi-
tion
–
Bit 1.2 – – –
Bit 1.3 – – –
Bit 1.4 – – –
Bit 1.5 – – –
Bit 1.6 – – –
Bit 1.7 – – –
Byte 2 PZDIn23 Maximum current I_max –
Byte 3 PZDIn23 Maximum current I_max –
Byte 4 – – –
Byte 5 – – –
Byte 6 – – –
Byte 7 – – –
Byte 8 – – –
Byte 9 – – –
Description of the blocks
4.3 MMOprtn block
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 95
Star-delta reversing starter control function
Table 4- 26 Star-delta reversing starter – Process image inputs and outputs
Bit
MMOprtn – output
parameters
PII – Meaning
PIQ – Meaning
Bit 0.0 FbkOut1 Status – ON < PLC/PCS [DP] → ON <
Bit 0.1 FbkOut2 Status – OFF PLC/PCS [DP] → OFF
Bit 0.2 FbkOut3 Status – ON > PLC/PCS [DP] → ON
Bit 0.3 PreWrnOvl Event – Prewarning overload
(I>115 %)
Test 1 – Input
Bit 0.4 ChgOvrAct Status – Change-over pause
active
Emergency start – Input
Bit 0.5 LocalAct Status – Remote mode Mode selector S1
Bit 0.6 GenFlt Status – General fault Reset 1 – Input
Bit 0.7 GenWarn Status – General warning –
Bit 1.0 – – –
Bit 1.1 – Event – Feedback test posi-
tion
–
Bit 1.2 – – –
Bit 1.3 IntlAct Status – Interlock time active –
Bit 1.4 – – –
Bit 1.5 – – –
Bit 1.6 – – –
Bit 1.7 – – –
Byte 2 PZDIn23 Maximum current I_max –
Byte 3 PZDIn23 Maximum current I_max –
Byte 4 – – –
Byte 5 – – –
Byte 6 – – –
Byte 7 – – –
Byte 8 – – –
Byte 9 – – –
Description of the blocks
4.3 MMOprtn block
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
96 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
Dahlander control function
Table 4- 27 Dahlander – Process image inputs and outputs
Bit
MMOprtn – output
parameters
PII – Meaning
PIQ – Meaning
Bit 0.0 FbkOut1 Status – ON >> PLC/PCS [DP] → ON >>
Bit 0.1 FbkOut2 Status – OFF PLC/PCS [DP] → OFF
Bit 0.2 FbkOut3 Status – ON > PLC/PCS [DP] → ON
Bit 0.3 PreWrnOvl Event – Prewarning overload
(I>115 %)
Test 1 – Input
Bit 0.4 ChgOvrAct Status – Change-over pause
active
Emergency start – Input
Bit 0.5 LocalAct Status – Remote mode Mode selector S1
Bit 0.6 GenFlt Status – General fault Reset 1 – Input
Bit 0.7 GenWarn Status – General warning –
Bit 1.0 – – –
Bit 1.1 – Event – Feedback test posi-
tion
–
Bit 1.2 – – –
Bit 1.3 – – –
Bit 1.4 – – –
Bit 1.5 – – –
Bit 1.6 – – –
Bit 1.7 – – –
Byte 2 PZDIn23 Maximum current I_max –
Byte 3 PZDIn23 Maximum current I_max –
Byte 4 – – –
Byte 5 – – –
Byte 6 – – –
Byte 7 – – –
Byte 8 – – –
Byte 9 – – –
Description of the blocks
4.3 MMOprtn block
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 97
Dahlander reversing starter control function
Table 4- 28 Dahlander reversing starter – Process image inputs and outputs
Bit
MMOprtn – output
parameters
PII – Meaning
PIQ – Meaning
Bit 0.0 FbkOut1 Status – ON >> PLC/PCS [DP] → ON >>
Bit 0.1 FbkOut2 Status – OFF PLC/PCS [DP] → OFF
Bit 0.2 FbkOut3 Status – ON > PLC/PCS [DP] → ON
Bit 0.3 PreWrnOvl Event – Prewarning overload
(I>115 %)
Test 1 – Input
Bit 0.4 ChgOvrAct Status – Change-over pause
active
Emergency start – Input
Bit 0.5 LocalAct Status – Remote mode Mode selector S1
Bit 0.6 GenFlt Status – General fault Reset 1 – Input
Bit 0.7 GenWarn Status – General warning –
Bit 1.0 FbkOut4 Status – ON << PLC/PCS [DP] → ON <<
Bit 1.1 – Event – Feedback test posi-
tion
–
Bit 1.2 FbkOut5 Status – ON < PLC/PCS [DP] → ON <
Bit 1.3 IntlAct Status – Interlock time active –
Bit 1.4 – – –
Bit 1.5 – – –
Bit 1.6 – – –
Bit 1.7 – – –
Byte 2 PZDIn23 Maximum current I_max –
Byte 3 PZDIn23 Maximum current I_max –
Byte 4 – – –
Byte 5 – – –
Byte 6 – – –
Byte 7 – – –
Byte 8 – – –
Byte 9 – – –
Description of the blocks
4.3 MMOprtn block
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
98 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
Pole-changing starter control function
Table 4- 29 Pole-changing starter – Process image inputs and outputs
Bit
MMOprtn – output
parameters
PII – Meaning
PIQ – Meaning
Bit 0.0 FbkOut1 Status – ON >> PLC/PCS [DP] → ON >>
Bit 0.1 FbkOut2 Status – OFF PLC/PCS [DP] → OFF
Bit 0.2 FbkOut3 Status – ON > PLC/PCS [DP] → ON
Bit 0.3 PreWrnOvl Event – Prewarning overload
(I>115 %)
Test 1 – Input
Bit 0.4 ChgOvrAct Status – Change-over pause
active
Emergency start – Input
Bit 0.5 LocalAct Status – Remote mode Mode selector S1
Bit 0.6 GenFlt Status – General fault Reset 1 – Input
Bit 0.7 GenWarn Status – General warning –
Bit 1.0 – – –
Bit 1.1 – Event – Feedback test posi-
tion
–
Bit 1.2 – – –
Bit 1.3 – – –
Bit 1.4 – – –
Bit 1.5 – – –
Bit 1.6 – – –
Bit 1.7 – – –
Byte 2 PZDIn23 Maximum current I_max –
Byte 3 PZDIn23 Maximum current I_max –
Byte 4 – – –
Byte 5 – – –
Byte 6 – – –
Byte 7 – – –
Byte 8 – – –
Byte 9 – – –
Description of the blocks
4.3 MMOprtn block
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 99
Pole-changing reversing starter control function
Table 4- 30 Pole-changing reversing starter – Process image inputs and outputs
Bit
MMOprtn – output
parameters
PII – Meaning
PIQ – Meaning
Bit 0.0 FbkOut1 Status – ON >> PLC/PCS [DP] → ON >>
Bit 0.1 FbkOut2 Status – OFF PLC/PCS [DP] → OFF
Bit 0.2 FbkOut3 Status – ON > PLC/PCS [DP] → ON
Bit 0.3 PreWrnOvl Event – Prewarning overload
(I>115 %)
Test 1 – Input
Bit 0.4 ChgOvrAct Status – Change-over pause
active
Emergency start – Input
Bit 0.5 LocalAct Status – Remote mode Mode selector S1
Bit 0.6 GenFlt Status – General fault Reset 1 – Input
Bit 0.7 GenWarn Status – General warning –
Bit 1.0 FbkOut4 Status – ON << PLC/PCS [DP] → ON <<
Bit 1.1 – Event – Feedback test posi-
tion
–
Bit 1.2 FbkOut5 Status – ON < PLC/PCS [DP] → ON <
Bit 1.3 IntlAct Status – Interlock time active –
Bit 1.4 – – –
Bit 1.5 – – –
Bit 1.6 – – –
Bit 1.7 – – –
Byte 2 PZDIn23 Maximum current I_max –
Byte 3 PZDIn23 Maximum current I_max –
Byte 4 – – –
Byte 5 – – –
Byte 6 – – –
Byte 7 – – –
Byte 8 – – –
Byte 9 – – –
Description of the blocks
4.3 MMOprtn block
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
100 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
Valve control function
Table 4- 31 Valve – Process image inputs and outputs
Bit
MMOprtn – output
parameters
PII – Meaning
PIQ – Meaning
Bit 0.0 – – –
Bit 0.1 FbkOut2 Status – OFF (CLOSE) PLC/PCS [DP] → CLOSED
Bit 0.2 FbkOut3 Status – ON > (OPEN) PLC/PCS [DP] → OPEN
Bit 0.3 – – Test 1 – Input
Bit 0.4 – – –
Bit 0.5 LocalAct Status – Remote mode Mode selector S1
Bit 0.6 GenFlt Status – General fault Reset 1 – Input
Bit 0.7 GenWarn Status – General warning –
Bit 1.0 – – –
Bit 1.1 – – –
Bit 1.2 – – –
Bit 1.3 – – –
Bit 1.4 – – –
Bit 1.5 – – –
Bit 1.6 – – –
Bit 1.7 – – –
Byte 2 – – –
Byte 3 – – –
Byte 4 – – –
Byte 5 – – –
Byte 6 – – –
Byte 7 – – –
Byte 8 – – –
Byte 9 – – –
Description of the blocks
4.3 MMOprtn block
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 101
Soft starter control function
Table 4- 32 Soft starter – Process image inputs and outputs
Bit
MMOprtn – output
parameters
PII – Meaning
PIQ – Meaning
Bit 0.0 – – –
Bit 0.1 FbkOut2 Status – OFF PLC/PCS [DP] → OFF
Bit 0.2 FbkOut3 Status – ON PLC/PCS [DP] → ON
Bit 0.3 PreWrnOvl Event – Prewarning overload
(I>115 %)
Test 1 – Input
Bit 0.4 – – Emergency start – Input
Bit 0.5 LocalAct Status – Remote mode Mode selector S1
Bit 0.6 GenFlt Status – General fault Reset 1 – Input
Bit 0.7 GenWarn Status – General warning –
Bit 1.0 – – –
Bit 1.1 – – –
Bit 1.2 – – –
Bit 1.3 – – –
Bit 1.4 – – –
Bit 1.5 – – –
Bit 1.6 – – –
Bit 1.7 – – –
Byte 2 PZDIn23 Maximum current I_max –
Byte 3 PZDIn23 Maximum current I_max –
Byte 4 – – –
Byte 5 – – –
Byte 6 – – –
Byte 7 – – –
Byte 8 – – –
Byte 9 – – –
Description of the blocks
4.3 MMOprtn block
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
102 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
Soft starter with reversing contactor control function
Table 4- 33 Soft starter with reversing contactor
– Process image inputs and outputs
Bit
MMOprtn – output
parameters
PII – Meaning
PIQ – Meaning
Bit 0.0 FbkOut1 Status – ON < PLC/PCS [DP] → ON <
Bit 0.1 FbkOut2 Status – OFF PLC/PCS [DP] → OFF
Bit 0.2 FbkOut3 Status – ON > PLC/PCS [DP] → ON
Bit 0.3 PreWrnOvl Event – Prewarning overload
(I>115 %)
Test 1 – Input
Bit 0.4 IntlAct Status – Interlock time active Emergency start – Input
Bit 0.5 LocalAct Status – Remote mode Mode selector S2
Bit 0.6 GenFlt Status – General fault Reset 1 – Input
Bit 0.7 GenWarn Status – General warning –
Bit 1.0 – – –
Bit 1.1 – – –
Bit 1.2 – – –
Bit 1.3 – – –
Bit 1.4 – – –
Bit 1.5 – – –
Bit 1.6 – – –
Bit 1.7 – – –
Byte 2 PZDIn23 Maximum current I_max –
Byte 3 PZDIn23 Maximum current I_max –
Byte 4 – – –
Byte 5 – – –
Byte 6 – – –
Byte 7 – – –
Byte 8 – – –
Byte 9 – – –
Description of the blocks
4.3 MMOprtn block
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 103
Positioner control function
Table 4- 34 Positioner – Process image inputs and outputs
Bit
MMOprtn – output
parameters
PII – Meaning
PIQ – Meaning
Bit 0.0 FbkOut1 Status – ON < (CLOSED) PLC/PCS [DP] → CLOSED
Bit 0.1 FbkOut2 Status – OFF (STOP) PLC/PCS [DP] → STOP
Bit 0.2 FbkOut3 Status – ON > (OPEN) PLC/PCS [DP] → OPEN
Bit 0.3 PreWrnOvl Event – Prewarning overload
(I>115 %)
Test 1 – Input
Bit 0.4 IntlAct Status – Interlock time active Emergency start – Input
Bit 0.5 LocalAct Status – Remote mode Mode selector S1
Bit 0.6 GenFlt Status – General fault Reset 1 – Input
Bit 0.7 GenWarn Status – General warning –
Bit 1.0 FbkOut4 Status – Positioner runs in
OPEN direction
–
Bit 1.1 – Event – Feedback test posi-
tion
–
Bit 1.2 FbkOut5 Status – Positioner runs in
CLOSED direction
–
Bit 1.3 – – –
Bit 1.4 – – –
Bit 1.5 – – –
Bit 1.6 – – –
Bit 1.7 – – –
Byte 2 PZDIn23 Maximum current I_max –
Byte 3 PZDIn23 Maximum current I_max –
Byte 4 – – –
Byte 5 – – –
Byte 6 – – –
Byte 7 – – –
Byte 8 – – –
Byte 9 – – –
See also
MMOprtn - Process image (Page 127)
Description of the blocks
4.3 MMOprtn block
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
104 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
4.3.17 Enabled operations
The operator permissions for control commands are configured in the OS_Perm structured
parameters. These are transferred to WinCC via the OS_PermOut and OS_PermLog parameters.
The block parameters are controlled via the FBs in CFC.
The activated parameter allows the operator to enter the desired commands.
The operator permissions control operation only in the faceplate.
Table 4- 35 MMOprtn operator permissions
OS_Perm
bit
OS_PermOut
bit
OS_PermLog
bit
Description
0 0 0 1 = Operator is permitted to change to AUTO
mode.
1 1 1 1 = Operator is permitted to change to
MANUAL mode.
3 3 3 1 = Operator is permitted to change to "Out of
service" (Oos) mode
14 14 14 1 = Operator is permitted to activate Trip reset
15 15 15 1 = Operator is permitted to activate emer-
gency start
16 16 16 1 = Operator is permitted to activate test
17 17 17 1 = Operator is permitted to change the upper
limit (AV) for "Alarm"
18 18 18 1 = Operator is permitted to change the upper
limit (AV) for "Warning"
19 19 19 1 = Operator is permitted to change the lower
limit (AV) for "Alarm"
20 20 20 1 = Operator is permitted to change the lower
limit (AV) for "Warning"
21 21 21 1 = Operator is permitted to update data
Description of the blocks
4.3 MMOprtn block
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 105
4.3.18 Status information
The status information is communicated to WinCC for display in the faceplates.
Table 4- 36 Status information – MMOprtn
Status1
Bit
Description
0 Occupied
1 BatchEn
3 OosAct.Value
4 OosLi active
5 0 = ManAct.Value
1 = AutoAct.Value
6 LocalAct.Value
7 1 = Command fast forward / closed / reverse
8 1 = Motor stop
9 1 = Command forwards
10 1 = Command fast reverse
11 1 = Command reverse
12 1 = Mode selector S1 on
13 1 = Reset on
14 0 = Test function inactive, (PIQ)
1 = Test function active
15 0 = Emergency start inactive (PIQ)
1 = Emergency start active
16 0 = Trip Reset active, (PIQ)
1 = Trip Reset active
17 1 = Feedback fast forward / reverse on / close positioner
18 1 = Status – Motor OFF
19 1= Feedback forward ON / motor ON / positioner open
20 1 = Event – overload
21 1 = Status – switchover pause active
22 Status – Operating mode:
0 = Operating mode local, 1 = Operating mode REMOTE
23 1 = Status – General fault
24 1 = Status – General warning
25 1 = Feedback fast reverse / open positioner
26 1 = Feedback reverse on / close positioner
27 1 = Status – Interlock time active
28 1 = General fault
29 MsgLock
30 1 = Rack fault
31 Invalid signal status
Description of the blocks
4.3 MMOprtn block
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
106 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
4.3.19
SIMOCODE pro slave diagnostics
The PROFIBUS station diagnostics for SIMOCODE pro are read by SFC13 "DPNRM_DG"
and passed on to the DiagStn output parameter.
Table 4- 37 Bit assignment of the station diagnostics
DIAG
Bit
Diagnostic message
0 Error in device access.
1 Device is not yet ready for data exchange.
2 Device configuration is incorrect.
3 External diagnostics pending (group diagnostics display).
4 The function is not supported by the DP slave, e.g., PROFIBUS address change by
the software
5 DP master cannot interpret DP slave response.
6 DP slave type does not match the software configuration.
7 Transfer of parameters to DP slave configured with a different DP master.
8 DP slave parameters must be transferred again.
9 A diagnostic message is pending. DP slave will not function until the error is correct-
ed.
10 Bit on DP slave is always "1".
11 Watchdog function activated for DP slave
12 DP slave has received the "FREEZE" command.
13 DP slave has received the "SYNC" command.
14 DP slave has been removed.
15 More diagnostic messages than DP slave can store.
The DP master cannot write all diagnostic messages sent by the DP slave to its diag-
nostic buffer.
4.3.20
Diagnostics information
The diagnostics information is communicated to WinCC for display in the faceplates.
The following diagnostics information is available for SIMOCODE pro devices and for
SIMOCODE pro PROFINET devices:
● Status diagnostics, output via the parameter output DiagSts
● Event diagnostics, output via the parameter output Diag_Evt
● Warning diagnostics, output via the parameter output Diag_Wrn
● Trip diagnostics, output via the parameter output Diag_Trp
Description of the blocks
4.3 MMOprtn block
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 107
DiagSts – Status diagnostics
Table 4- 38 DiagSts – Status diagnostics for SIMOCODE pro devices
Bit
Meaning
0 General fault
1 General warning
2 Device OK
3 Bus OK
4 PLC/PCS OK
5 Motor current flowing
6 On <<
7 On <
8 Off
9 On >
10 On >>
11 Start active
12 Interlocking time active
13 Change-over pause active
14 Positioner runs in open direction
15 Positioner runs in close direction
16 Feedback closed (FC)
17 Feedback opened (FO)
18 Torque closed (TC)
19 Torque opened (TO)
20 Test position feedback (TPF)
21 Operational protection off (OPO)
22 Remote mode
23 Emergency start executed
24 Cooling down period active
25 Pause time active
26 Device check active
27 Phase sequence 1-2-3
28 Phase sequence 3-2-1
29 DM-F enabling circuit closed
Description of the blocks
4.3 MMOprtn block
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
108 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
DiagEvt1, DiagEvt2, DiagEvt3 – event diagnostics
Table 4- 39 DiagEvt1 – event diagnostics for SIMOCODE pro devices
Bit
Meaning
0 Pre-Warning overloaded
1 Unbalance
2 Overload
3 Overload and loss of phase
4 Internal earth fault
5 External earth fault
6 Warning external earth fault
7 Thermistor trip level
8 Thermistor short circuit
9 Thermistor open circuit
10 TM1 warning level T >
11 TM1 trip level T >
12 TM1 sensor fault
13 TM1 out of range
14 Warning level I >
15 Warning level I <
16 Warning level P >
17 Warning level P <
18 Warning level Cos-Phi <
19 Warning level U <
20 AM1 warning level 0/4-20mA >
21 AM1 warning level 0/4-20mA <
22 Trip level I >
23 Trip level I <
24 Trip level P >
25 Trip level P <
26 Trip level Cos-Phi <
27 Trip level U <
28 AM1 trip level 0/4 - 20 mA>
29 AM1 trip level 0/4 - 20 mA<
30 Stalled rotor
31 No start possible
Description of the blocks
4.3 MMOprtn block
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 109
Table 4- 40 DiagEvt2 – event diagnostics for SIMOCODE pro devices
Bit
Meaning
0 Number of starts >
1 Just one start possible
2 Motor operating hours >
3 Motor stop time >
4 Limit monitor 1
5 Limit monitor 2
6 Limit monitor 3
7 Limit monitor 4
8 External fault 1
9 External fault 2
10 External fault 3
11 External fault 4
12 External fault 5
13 External fault 6
14 AM1 open circuit
15 DM-F safety-oriented tripping
16 DM-F monitoring interval for mandatory testing - test required
17 Timestamping function active + OK
18 DM-FL safety OK
19 DM-F PROFIsafe active
20 Configured operator panel missing
21 Module not supported
22 No module voltage BU2
23 Memory module read in
24 Memory module programmed
25 Memory module erased
26 Addressing plug read in
27 Parameter Blocking during start-up active
28 Parameter changes not allowed in the current operating state
29 Device does not support the required functions
30 Wrong parameter
31 Wrong password
Description of the blocks
4.3 MMOprtn block
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
110 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
Table 4- 41 DiagEvt3 – event diagnostics for SIMOCODE pro devices
Bit
Meaning
0 Password protection active
1 Factory settings
2 Parameterization active
Prm error number (Bytes)
3 DM-FL configuration mode
4 DM-FL actual configuration and desired configuration different
5 DM-FL waiting for start-up test
6 DM-F incorrect PROFIsafe address or incorrect PROFIsafe parameter
28 EM open circuit
29 EM short circuit
Table 4- 42 DiagEvt3 – event diagnostics for PROFINET devices
Bit
Meaning
7 NTP clock set
8 NTP clock synchronized
9 Initialization module read in
10 Initialization module programmed
11 Initialization module erased
12 Initialization module write-protected, parameter changes not allowed
13 Memory module write-protected
14 Initialization module write-protected
15 Initialization module identification data write-protected
16 TM2 warning level T>
17 TM2 trip level T>
18 TM2 sensor fault
19 TM2 out of range
20 AM2 warning level 0/4-20mA >
21 AM2 warning level 0/4-20mA <
22 AM2 trip level 0/4-20mA >
23 AM2 trip level 0/4-20mA <
24 Limit monitor 5
25 Limit monitor 6
26 AM2 open circuit
Description of the blocks
4.3 MMOprtn block
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 111
DiagWrn1, DiagWrn2 – Warning diagnostics
Table 4- 43 DiagWrn1 – Warning diagnostics for SIMOCODE pro devices
Bit
Meaning
0 Pre-warning overloaded
1 Unbalance
2 Overload
3 Overload and loss of phase
4 Internal earth fault
5 External earth fault
6 Thermistor trip level
7 Thermistor short circuit
8 Thermistor open circuit
9 TM1 level T >
10 TM1 sensor fault
11 TM1 out of range
12 Level I >
13 Level I <
14 Level P >
15 Level P <
16 Level Cos-Phi <
17 Level U <
18 AM1 level 0/4-20mA >
19 AM1 level 0/4-20mA <
20 Stalled rotor
21 No start possible
22 Number of starts >
23 Just one start possible
24 Motor operating hours >
25 Motor stop time >
26 External fault 1
27 External fault 2
28 External fault 3
29 External fault 4
30 External fault 5
31 External fault 6
Description of the blocks
4.3 MMOprtn block
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
112 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
Table 4- 44 DiagWrn2 – Warning diagnostics for SIMOCODE pro devices
Bit
Meaning
0 AM1 open circuit
1 DM-F safety-oriented tripping
2 DM-F monitoring interval for mandatory testing - test required
3 DM-F feedback circuit
4 DM-FL simultaneity
11 EM open circuit
12 EM short circuit
Table 4- 45 DiagWrn2 – Warning diagnostics for PROFINET pro devices
Bit
Meaning
5 TM2 level T >
6 TM2 sensor fault
7 TM2 out of range
8 AM2 level 0/4-20mA >
9 AM2 level 0/4-20mA <
10 AM2 open circuit
Description of the blocks
4.3 MMOprtn block
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 113
DiagTrp1, DiagTrp2 – Trip diagnostics
Table 4- 46 DiagTrp1 – Trip diagnostics for SIMOCODE pro devices
Bit
Meaning
0 Hardware fault basic unit
1 Module fault
2 Temporary components
3 Configuration fault
4 Parameterization
5 Bus
6 PLC/DCS
7 Execution on-command
8 Execution stop-command
9 Feedback On
10 Feedback Off
11 Stalled positioner
12 Double 0
13 Double 1
14 End position
15 Antivalence
16 Test position feedback (TPF)
17 Power failure (UVO)
18 Operational protection Off (OPO)
19 Unbalance
20 Overload
21 Overload and loss of phase
22 Internal earth fault
23 External earth fault
24 Thermistor trip level
25 Thermistor short circuit
26 Thermistor open circuit
27 TM1 level T >
28 TM1 sensor fault
29 TM1 out of range
30 Level I >
31 Level I <
Description of the blocks
4.3 MMOprtn block
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
114 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
Table 4- 47 DiagTrp2 – trip diagnostics for SIMOCODE pro devices
Bit
Meaning
0 Level P >
1 Level P <
2 Level Cos-Phi <
3 Level U <
4 AM1 Level 0/4-20mA >
5 AM1 Level 0/4-20mA <
6 Stalled rotor
7 Number of Starts >
8 External fault 1
9 External fault 2
10 External fault 3
11 External fault 4
12 External fault 5
13 External fault 6
14 AM1 open circuit
15 Test shutdown
16 DM-F safety-oriented tripping
17 DM-F wiring
18 DM-FL cross circuit
Table 4- 48 DiagTrp2 – trip diagnostics for PROFINET pro devices
Bit
Meaning
19 TM2 level T >
20 TM2 sensor fault
21 TM2 out of range
22 AM2 level 0/4-20mA >
23 AM2 level 0/4-20mA <
24 AM2 open circuit
25 EM open circuit
26 EM short circuit
See also
MMOprtn - Diagnostics (Page 126)
Description of the blocks
4.3 MMOprtn block
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 115
4.3.21
Assignment of the diagnostics information
Based on the parameters, there are diagnostics views for the status, events, warnings, and
trips.
The motor starter diagnostics is transferred to the faceplates via the Diag_Sts, Diag_Evt,
Diag_Wrn, and Diag_Trp output parameters.
Bit assignment Diag_Sts
Table 4- 49 Bit assignment Diag_Sts
Auxiliary variables
Diag_Sts
bit
Event
Diag_Sts
0 Group fault
1 General warning
2 Device
3 Bus
4 PLC/PCS
5 Motor current flowing
6 ON <<
7 ON <
8 OFF
9 ON >
10 ON >>
11 Start active
12 Interlocking time active
13 Change-over pause active
14 Runs in open direction
15 Runs in close direction
16 Feedback close
17 Feedback open
18 Torque close
19 Torque open
20 Cold starting (TPF) test position feedback
21 Operational Protection Off (OPO)
22 Remote mode
23 Emergency start executed
24 Cooling down period active
25 Pause time active
26 Device check active
27 Phase sequence 1-2-3
28 Phase sequence 3-2-1
29 DM-F enabling circuit
Description of the blocks
4.3 MMOprtn block
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
116 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
Bit assignment Diag_Evt
Table 4- 50 Bit assignment Diag_Evt for SIMOCODE pro PROFIBUS devices
Auxiliary variables
Diag_Evt
bit
Event
Diag_Evt
0 Overload operation
1 Unbalance
2 Overload
3 Overload + phase failure
4 Internal ground fault
5 External ground fault
6 Warning external ground fault
7 Thermistor overload
8 Thermistor short circuit
9 Thermistor open circuit
10 TM warning T>
11 TM trip T>
12 TM sensor fault
13 TMOut of Range
14 Warning I>
15 Warning I<
16 Warning P>
17 Warning P<
18 Warning cos phi<
19 Warning U<
20 Warning 0/4–20 mA>
21 Warning 0/4–20 mA<
22 Trip level I>
23 Trip level I<
24 Trip level P>
25 Trip level P<
26 Trip level Cos-Phi<
27 Trip level U<
28 Trip level 0/4–20 mA>
29 Trip level 0/4–20 mA<
30 Stalled rotor
31 No start permitted
32 No. of starts >
33 Just one start possible
34 Motor operating hours >
35 Stop time >
36 Limit 1
37 Limit 2
Description of the blocks
4.3 MMOprtn block
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 117
Auxiliary variables
Diag_Evt
bit
Event
38 Limit 3
39 Limit 4
40 External fault 1
41 External fault 2
42 External fault 3
43 External fault 4
44 External fault 5
45 External fault 6
46 Analog module open circuit
47 DM-F safety-related tripping
48 DM-F – test requirement
49 Timestamping active + Ok
50 DM-FL safety Ok
51 DM-F PROFIsafe active
52 Configured operator panel missing
53 Module not supported
54 No module voltage (BU 2)
55 Memory module read in
56 Memory module programmed
57 Memory module erased
58 Addressing plug read in
59 Start-up parameterization block active
60 Parameter changes not allowed in the current operating
states
61 Device does not support the required functions
62 Wrong parameter
63 Wrong password
64 Password protection active
65 Factory settings
66 Parameter assignment active
67 DM-FL configuration mode
68 DM-FL configuration deviation
69 DM-FL waiting for startup test
70 DM FP PRM error
92 EM open circuit
93 EM short circuit
Description of the blocks
4.3 MMOprtn block
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
118 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
Table 4- 51
Bit assignment Diag_Evt for SIMOCODE pro PROFINET devices
Diag_Evt
71 Event – NTP clock set
72 NTP clock synchronized
73 Initialization module read in
74 Initialization module programmed
75 Initialization module deleted
76 Addressing plug read in
77 Initialization module write-protected, parameter changes
not permissible
78 Memory module write-protected
79 Initialization module write-protected
80 Initialization data of the initialization module write-
protected
81 TM2 warning T>
82 TM2 trip T>
83 TM2 sensor fault
84 TM2 Out of Range
85 AM2 Warning 0/4–20 mA>
86 AM2 Warning 0/4–20 mA<
87 AM2 trip level 0/4–20 mA>
88 AM2 trip level 0/4–20 mA<
89 Limit 5
90 Limit 6
91 AM2 open circuit
Bit assignment Diag_Wrn
Table 4- 52 Bit assignment Diag_Wrn for SIMOCODE pro PROFIBUS devices
Auxiliary variables
Diag_Wrn
bit
Event
Diag_Wrn
0 Overload operation
1 Unbalance
2 Overload
3 Internal ground fault + phase failure
4 Internal ground fault
5 External ground fault
6 Thermistor internal ground fault
7 Thermistor short circuit
8 Thermistor open circuit
9 TM warning T>
10 TM sensor fault
11 TM out of range
Description of the blocks
4.3 MMOprtn block
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 119
Auxiliary variables
Diag_Wrn
bit
Event
12 Warning level I>
13 Warning level I<
14 Warning level P>
15 Warning level P<
16 Warning level cos phi<
17 Warning level U<
18 Warning level 0/4–20 mA>
19 Warning level 0/4–20 mA<
20 Stalled rotor
21 No start permitted
22 Number of starts >
23 Just one start possible
24 Motor operating hours >
25 Stop time >
26 External fault 1
27 External fault 2
28 External fault 3
29 External fault 4
30 External fault 5
31 External fault 6
32 AM open circuit
33 DM-F safety-related tripping
34 DM-F test requirement
35 DM-F feedback circuit
36 DM-FL simultaneity
43 EM open circuit
44 EM short circuit
Table 4- 53
Bit assignment Diag_Wrn for SIMOCODE pro PROFINET devices
Diag_Wrn
37 TM2 warning T>
38 TM2 sensor fault
39 TM2 Out of Range
40 AM2 Warning 0/4–20 mA>
41 AM2 Warning 0/4–20 mA<
42 AM2 open circuit
Description of the blocks
4.3 MMOprtn block
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
120 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
Bit assignment Diag_Trp
Table 4- 54
Bit assignment
Diag_Trp
for SIMOCODE pro PROFIBUS devices
Auxiliary variables
Diag_Trp
bit
Event
Diag_Trp
0 Hardware fault basic unit
1 Module fault
2 Temporary components
3 Configuration fault
4 Parameterization
5 Bus
6 PLC/PCS
7 Runtime On
8 Execution Stop command
9 FB ON
10 FB OFF
11 Stalled positioner
12 Double 0
13 Double 1
14 End position
15 Antivalence
16 Cold starting (TPF) error
17 UVO fault
18 OPO error (operational protection OFF)
19 Unbalance
20 Overload
21 Overload + phase failure
22 Internal ground fault
23 External ground fault
24 Thermistor overload
25 Thermistor short circuit
26 Thermistor open circuit
27 TM trip T>
28 TM sensor fault
29 TMOut of Range
30 Trip I>
31 Trip I<
32 Trip level P>
33 Trip level P<
34 Trip level Cos-Phi<
35 Trip level U<
36 Trip level 0/4–20 mA>
37 Trip level 0/4–20 mA<
Description of the blocks
4.3 MMOprtn block
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 121
Auxiliary variables
Diag_Trp
bit
Event
38 Stalled rotor
39 Number of motor starts>
40 External fault 1
41 External fault 2
42 External fault 3
43 External fault 4
44 External fault 5
45 External fault 6
46 Analog module open circuit
47 Test trip
48 DM-F safety-related tripping
49 DM-F wiring
50 DM-FL cross circuit
57 EM open circuit
58 EM short circuit
Table 4- 55
Bit assignment
Diag_Trp
for SIMOCODE pro PROFINET devices
Diag_Trp
51 TM2 trip T>
52 TM2 sensor fault
53 TM2 Out of Range
54 AM2 Warning 0/4–20 mA>
55 AM2 Warning 0/4–20 mA<
56 AM2 open circuit
Description of the blocks
4.3 MMOprtn block
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
122 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
4.3.22
Faceplate views
4.3.22.1
MMOprtn - Standard
Standard view
①
Display of the control function
②
Button for changing the operating mode (AutoModOp, ManModOp, LocalOp, OosOp);
opens the expanded command range
③
Buttons
• for emergency start
• for testing
• for resetting the trip (TrpRstOp)
The buttons open the expanded command area; authorization level 5 and higher.
④
Button for switching to the standard view of a faceplate for representing the measured values
(MMMeas); visible if the
Selfp1
input parameter of the MMOprtn block is configured.
⑤
Status displays of the block:
• Test position
• Invalid signal
• Rack fault
• Group error
⑥
Motor status (see table)
Description of the blocks
4.3 MMOprtn block
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 123
Icons for motor status ⑥
Status
Symbol
Status
Symbol
Status
Symbol
Motor ON
Motor stops
Motor fault
Motor running
forward
Motor running in
reverse
Motor running fast
forward
Motor running in
fast reverse
Overload opera-
tion OK
Overload fault
Valve open
Valve closed
Valve fault
Circuit breaker OK
Circuit breaker
closed
Circuit breaker
fault
Positioner open
Positioner closed
Positioner fault
Description of the blocks
4.3 MMOprtn block
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
124 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
4.3.22.2
MMOprtn - Limits
Limits view
①
Value
Display of the motor current in % with corresponding signal status (MotCurr)
Upper and lower range for motor current (OpScale.High, OpScale.Low)
The values provide information on the display range for the bar graph (Curr_OpScale) of the
process value. The scale range is defined in the Engineering Station (ES).
②
Limits for additional value
• "H alarm": Alarm high (Curr_TH)
• "H warning": Warning high (Curr_WH)
• Hysteresis
• "L warning": Warning low (Curr_TL)
• "L alarm": Alarm low (Curr_WL)
If the background color of the field is white, you can change the value in the expanded oper-
ating area in 3 ways (authorization level 5 and higher):
• Entry in the input box
• Setting using the slider
• Entry by direct operation
③
Button for updating the values (
RdDataOp
).
Description of the blocks
4.3 MMOprtn block
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 125
④
Bar graph for current
The visible range in the bar graph depends on the configuration in the Engineering Station
(ES).
The colored triangles show the specified limits:
• Red: Alarm
• Yellow: Warning
⑤
Operator control enable
• The operator may execute the command.
• The operator cannot execute the command because the command is currently blocked
by a process.
• The operator is not permitted to execute the command (OS_Perm).
The displays are dependent on the bit values in the OS_PermOut and OS_PermLog parame-
ters.
Description of the blocks
4.3 MMOprtn block
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
126 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
4.3.22.3
MMOprtn - Diagnostics
In the SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 library V8.0+SP3, all available diagnostics messages are
displayed in the diagnostics view.
Based on the parameters, there are diagnostics views for the status, events, warnings, and
trips.
Diagnostics view
①
Export button
This button exports avaialble diagnostic messages in a .csv file format to the project folder.
Note:
The button is disabled for operation at web navigator view.
②
Read Data
Button for updating the data (RdDataOp).
See also
Diagnostics information (Page 106)
Description of the blocks
4.3 MMOprtn block
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 127
4.3.22.4
MMOprtn - Process image
The Process image view displays the values for the process image inputs (PII) and the
process image outputs (PIQ). Which inputs and outputs are displayed depends on the
control function selected.
Process image view
Figure 4-2 Process image view – example of overload relay
Figure 4-3 Process image view – example of direct-on-line starter
See also
Process images for the MMOprtn block (Page 90)
Description of the blocks
4.4 Block for MMMeas measured value function
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
128 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
4.4
Block for MMMeas measured value function
4.4.1
Description of MMMeas
Purpose of the block
The MMMeas block gathers measured value parameters from data record 94. It receives
diagnostic data from the MMDiag block.
For SIMOCODE pro C / S / V PROFIBUS and PROFINET devices, the MMMeas block
provides information on the following topics:
● Current values
● Voltage values
● Active power
● Apparent power
● Thermal motor model
● Temperature
● Asymmetry
● Ground fault
Views
The MMMeas block supports the following views:
● Batch (Page 53)
● Trend (Page 54)
● Alarm (Page 56)
● Preview (Page 58)
● Standard (Page 138)
References
● Overview of the templates, control functions and blocks (Page 31)
● Functions for all blocks (Page 61)
● MMMeas block parameter (Page 215)
Description of the blocks
4.4 Block for MMMeas measured value function
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 129
4.4.2
Operating modes
The following operating modes are displayed on the block:
● Local
● ON
● Out of service (Oos)
See also
Process images for the MMOprtn block (Page 90)
4.4.3
Measured values
The MMMeas block reads measured values via data record DS94.
Table 4- 56 DS94
No.
Data record
number
Read access/write access
Number of
bytes
Description
1 DS94 R 64 Read measured values
The values are read from the SIMOCODE pro device with the "RDREC" function. This
information is written to the output parameters.
Measured values for SIMOCODE Pro devices
The measured values depend on the type of the basic unit, and on the expansion modules
used (UM, AM, TM, EM, MM).
Note
Unsupported values are read and displayed as zero.
Description of the blocks
4.4 Block for MMMeas measured value function
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
130 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
Table 4- 57 Measured values for SIMOCODE Pro PROFIBUS devices
Function
SIMOCODE pro C
E01
SIMOCODE
pro V from
E01/E02
SIMOCODE
pro S
Parameter
Thermal memory
available on current / voltage measuring modules UM
ThmMotMod
Phase unbalance PhaUnbal
Maximum current I_max ImMax
Current I_L1 CurrL1
Current I_L2 CurrL2
Current I_L3 CurrL3
Last trip current TripCurr
Time to trip TripTime
Recovery time MotcolTm
Cooling-down period MotColTm
UM – active power ActPower
UM – apparent power AppPower
UM – Cos-Phi – available on current
/ voltage measuring
modules UM
– MotCosPhi
UM – voltage U_L1 – – MotVol1
UM – voltage U_L2 – – MotVol2
UM – voltage U_L3 – – MotVol3
AM – output – available on analog
modules AM
– AMOut
AmOutE
AM – input 1 – – AMIn1
AMIn1E
AM – input 2 – – AMIn2
AMIn2E
AM – input 3 – – AMIn3
AMIn3E
TM – max. temperature – available on tem-
perature modules
TM
available on multi-
function modules
MM or temperature
modules TM
MaxTemp
TM – temperature 1 – TMTemp1
TM – temperature 2 – TMTemp2
TM – temperature 3 – TMTemp3
EM – ground fault current – available on ground
fault modules EM
available on multi-
function modules
MM or ground fault
modules EM
EFltCurr
EM – last ground fault trip cur-
rent
– ETrpCurr
"X" = Measured value is available, "–" = Measured value is not available.
Description of the blocks
4.4 Block for MMMeas measured value function
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 131
Additional measured values for SIMOCODE Pro PROFINET devices
The measured values depend on the expansion modules used (AM, TM).
Note
Unsupported values are read and displayed as zero.
Table 4- 58 Additional Measured values for SIMOCODE Pro PROFINET devices
Measured values
SIMOCODE pro V
from E02
Parameter
AM2 – output available on analog modules AM AM2Out
AM2OutE
AM2 – input 1 AM2In1
AM2In1E
AM2 – input 2 AM2In2
AM2In2E
TM2 – max. temperature available on temperature modules TM
MaxTemp2
TM2 – temperature 1 TM2Temp1
TM2 – temperature 2 TM2Temp2
TM2 – temperature 3 TM2Temp3
Description of the blocks
4.4 Block for MMMeas measured value function
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
132 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
4.4.3.1
Read measured values
InputMode
The PZDInxx inputs are assigned to the ModeInxx parameter inputs. These determine whether
the measured values are read acyclically from data records (ModeInxx = 0) or Cyclically
updated (ModeInxx <> 0) through Process image wiring.
Measured values for SIMOCODE Pro devices
Table 4- 59 Assignment of ModeInxx
ModeInxx
Meaning
0 Measured value is read from data record.
Cyclic measured values:
1 Maximum current I_max
2 Current I_L1
3 Current I_L2
4 Current I_L3
5 Phase unbalance
6 Thermal memory
7 Time to trip
8 Cooling-down period
9 Last trip current
10 Max. temperature
11 Temperature 1
12 Temperature 2
13 Temperature 3
14 Voltage U_L1
15 Voltage U_L2
16 Voltage U_L3
17 AM – input 1
18 AM – input 2
19 Power factor
20 Active power 1
21 Apparent power 1
28 EM – ground fault current
29 EM – last ground fault trip current
1
If the active power or the apparent power should be read in cyclically, two consecutive inputs have
to be configured with ModeInxx = 20 and ModeInxx = 21 respectively because the active power
and apparent power occupy a double word in SIMOCODE pro.
Description of the blocks
4.4 Block for MMMeas measured value function
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 133
Additional Measured values for SIMOCODE Pro PROFINET devices
Table 4- 60 Additional Assignment of ModeInxx for SIMOCODE Pro PROFINET
Modexxxx
Meaning
0 Measured value is read from data record.
Cyclic measured values:
22 TM2 – max. temperature
23 TM2 – temperature 1
24 TM2 – temperature 2
25 TM2 – temperature 3
26 AM2 – input 1
27 AM2 – input 2
Assignment to the SIMOCODE Pro basic units
The table shows the assignment of the inputs PZDInxx and Mode to the basic unit types.
Table 4- 61 Assignment to the basic units
Basic unit type
( BUTyp parameter)
Input word PZDInxx
Input ModeInxx
BU 1 PZDIn45
PZDIn67
PZDIn89
ModeIn45
ModeIn67
ModeIn89
BU 2 not available not available
SIMOCODE pro PROFINET:
BU 3
PZDIn10
PZDIn12
PZDIn14
PZDIn16
PZDIn18
ModeIn10
ModeIn12
ModeIn14
ModeIn16
ModeIn18
4.4.3.2
Assignment of the cyclic process image
The IO Controller sends cyclic receive data to SIMOCODE pro. The SIMOCODE pro device
returns cyclic send data as a reply.
Table 4- 62 Assignment of
PZDOutxx
to the
analog value output
Basic unit type
SIMOCODE pro
byte
Cyclic receive data
PZDOutxx
BU 1 2–31 Analog value 1 PZDOut23
SIMOCODE pro
PROFINET:
BU 3
4–5 Analog value 2 PZDOut45
1 If the basic unit type 1 uses bytes 2 and 3 of the cyclic receive data, bytes 4 to 9 of the cyclic send
data can be additionally assigned.
Description of the blocks
4.4 Block for MMMeas measured value function
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
134 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
Table 4- 63 Assignment of PZDInxx to the feedback
from SIMOCODE pro
Basic unit type
SIMOCODE pro
byte
Cyclic
send data
PZDInxx
BU 1 4–5 Values parameter-
ized in
SIMOCODE ES
PZDIn45
6–7 PZDIn67
8–9 PZDIn89
SIMOCODE pro
PROFINET:
BU 3
10–11 – PZDIn10
12–13 PZDIn12
14–15 PZDIn14
16–17 PZDIn16
18–19 PZDIn18
4.4.3.3
Write analog output
The analog output can be written cyclically to the SIMOCODE pro device.
With the parameter LiOp, you can parameterize whether the operator-controllable input
AMOutIn, AM2OutIn (LiOp = FALSE) or the interconnectable input AMOutLi, AM2OutLi is used
(LiOp = TRUE).
If the interconnectable input is selected, the operator-controllable input is deactivated.
4.4.3.4
Acyclic reading
Reading the data record 94 is either triggered using the interconnectable input parameter
RdDataLi, in the OS when selecting the faceplate, or by OS operation (RdDataOp = 1).
The data that is read is normalized and sent to the output parameters.
If an error occurs, the values are set to zero and the output RdErr = 1 is set.
4.4.4
Message characteristics
MMMeas reports the following errors at the block output:
● Rack fault (RackF_Act)
● Module fault (ModF_Act)
An error generates a group error GrpErr in output parameter Err_Act.
These errors are not signaled as alarms as they are already part of the MMDiag block (both
on the DP master system and behind the Y-Link/ IE-PB-Link). The alarms are output using
the ALARM_8P function.
The messages can be enabled or disabled using the MsgLock input.
The alarms are also suppressed if the block is in Out of service mode.
The alarms are suppressed on warm restart for the number of cycles set for power up in the
RunUpCyc parameter.
Description of the blocks
4.4 Block for MMMeas measured value function
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 135
Message block MsgEvId1
Table 4- 64 Output messages
Message block
Message No.
Block parameters
Message text
Message
class *
MsgEvId1
1
ExtMsg1
** $$BlockComment$$External Message1 S
2
ExtMsg2
** $$BlockComment$$External message 2 S
3
ExtMsg3
** $$BlockComment$$External message 3 S
4
ExtMsg4
** $$BlockComment$$External message 4 S
5
ExtMsg5
** $$BlockComment$$External message 5 S
6
ExtMsg6
** $$BlockComment$$External message 6 S
7
ExtMsg7
** $$BlockComment$$External message 7 S
8
ExtMsg8
** $$BlockComment$$External message 8 S
* S = AS, OS process control fault
** User-definable message
Auxiliary values
The block supports 10 programmable auxiliary values.
Table 4- 65 Structure of the auxiliary values ALARM_8P
Message
No.
Auxiliary value
Block parameters
Meaning
1 1 BatchName
Batch name
2 2
StepNo
Step number of batch
3 3 BatchID
Identification number of the batch
4 4
ExtVa104
External value 4, user-definable
5 5 ExtVa105
External value 5, user-definable
6 6
ExtVa106
External value 6, user-definable
7 7 ExtVa107
External value 7, user-definable
8 8
ExtVa108
External value 8, user-definable
9 9 ExtVa109
External value 9, user-definable
10 10
ExtVa110
External value 10, user-definable
The MsgStat1, MsgAckn1, and MsgErr1 parameters transfer the following information:
● Message status
● Message error
● Message acknowledgment status
Description of the blocks
4.4 Block for MMMeas measured value function
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
136 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
4.4.5
Start-up characteristics
The alarm messages are suppressed in the OB100 for the RunUpCyc no. of times.
4.4.6
Status information
The status information is communicated to WinCC for display in the faceplates.
Table 4- 66 Status information – MMMeas
Status1
Bit
Description
0 Occupied
1 BatchEn
2 Reserved
3 OosAct.Value
4 OosLi active
5 Reserved
6 LocalAct.Value
7...27 Reserved
28 1 = Group fault
29 MsgLock
30 1 = Rack fault
31 Slv_Typ
0 = PROFIBUS, 1 = PROFINET
Description of the blocks
4.4 Block for MMMeas measured value function
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 137
4.4.7
Enabled operations
The operator permissions for control commands are configured in the OS_Perm structured
parameters. These are transferred to WinCC via the OS_PermOut and OS_PermLog parameters.
The operator parameters are controlled via the FBs in CFC.
The activated parameter allows the operator to enter the desired commands.
The operator permissions control operation only in the faceplate.
Table 4- 67 Operator permissions – MMMeas
OS_Perm
bit
OS_PermOut
bit
OS_PermLog
bit
Description
0 0 0 Reserved
1 1 1 1 = Operator is permitted to change to ON
mode
2 2 2 Reserved
3 3 3 1 = Operator is permitted to change to "Out
of service" (Oos) mode
4...20 4...20 4...20 Reserved
21 21 21 1 = Operator is permitted to read data from
the device
22 22 22 1 = Operator is permitted to write at output
AM
23 23 23 1 = Operator is permitted to write at output
AM2
24…31 24…31 24…31 Reserved
OS_PermOut contains the release information of all parameters.
OS_PermLog contains the release based on the current modes.
Description of the blocks
4.4 Block for MMMeas measured value function
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
138 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
4.4.8
Faceplate views
4.4.8.1
MMMeas - Standard
Standard 1 view
①
Display of the operating mode
②
Current values
Current values as bars (Curr_OpScale high value, low value)
Phase current in % le (CurrL1, CurrL2, CurrL3)
Maximum motor current in % le (ImMax)
Last trip current in % le (TripCurr)
Phase unbalance in % (PhaUnbal)
Description of the blocks
4.4 Block for MMMeas measured value function
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 139
③
Voltage values
Current values UL1-UL3 as bars (Vol_OpScale high value, low value)
in volts (MotVol1, MotVol2, MotVol3)
Active power in watts (ActPower)
Apparent power in VA (AppPower)
Power factor Cos phi in % (MotCosPhi)
④
Button for updating the data (RdDataOp).
Button is deactivated if RackF_Act = 1,
authorization level 5 and higher (ProcessControling)
Description of the blocks
4.4 Block for MMMeas measured value function
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
140 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
Standard 2 view
①
Thermal motor model
Thermal memory in % (ThmMotMod)
Remaining motor cooling-down period (MotColTm)
Remaining time to trip (Triptime)
②
Temperature module 1 (for SIMOCODE pro devices)
Temperature module values (MaxTemp, TMTemp1, TMTemp2, TMTemp3)
③
Ground fault detection module
Ground fault current (EFltCurr)
Last trip current (ETrpCurr)
Description of the blocks
4.4 Block for MMMeas measured value function
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 141
④
Analog module 1 (for SIMOCODE pro devices)
Analog values as bars (Ana_OpScale high value, low value)
Analog values in % (AMIn1, AMIn2, AMIn3, AMOut)
If the background color of the field is white, you can change the value in the expanded op-
erating area in 3 ways (authorization level 6 and higher):
• Entry in the input box
• Setting using the slider
• Entry by direct operation
⑤
Button for updating the data (RdDataOp).
Button is deactivated if RackF_Act = 1;
authorization level 5 and higher.
Description of the blocks
4.4 Block for MMMeas measured value function
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
142 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
Standard 3 view (for
SIMOCODE pro V PROFINET devices)
①
Temperature module 2
Temperature module values (Max2Temp, TM2Temp1, TM2Temp2, TM2Temp3)
②
Analog module 2
Analog values as bars (Ana_OpScale high value, low value)
Analog values in % (AM2In1, AM2In2, AM2Out)
③
Button for updating the data (RdDataOp).
Button is deactivated if RackF_Act = 1.
Description of the blocks
4.5 Block for statistical function MMStat
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 143
4.5
Block for statistical function MMStat
4.5.1
Description of MMStat
Purpose of the block
The MMStat block gathers statistical data from data record 95. It receives diagnostic data
from the MMDiag block.
For SIMOCODE pro C / S / V PROFIBUS and PROFINET devices, the MMStat block
provides information about the following topics:
● Device operating hours
● Motor hours run
● Number of starts
● Number of overload trips
● Current measurement
● Timers
● Counters
Views
The MMStat block supports the following views:
● Batch (Page 53)
● Trend (Page 54)
● Alarm (Page 56)
● Preview (Page 58)
● Standard (Page 150)
References
● Overview of the templates, control functions and blocks (Page 31)
● Functions for all blocks (Page 61)
● Block parameter MMStat (Page 223)
Description of the blocks
4.5 Block for statistical function MMStat
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
144 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
4.5.2
Operating modes
The following operating modes are displayed on the block:
● Local
● ON
● Out of service (Oos)
4.5.3
Statistical values
The MMStat block reads statistical information via the DS95 data record.
Table 4- 68 DS95
No.
Data record number
Read access/write
access
Number of
bytes
Description
1 DS95 R 90 Read statistical values
The DS95 data record is based on the read capability. The values are read from the
SIMOCODE pro device with the "RDREC" function. This information is written to the output
parameters.
Statistical values for SIMOCODE pro devices
The statistical values depend on the type of basic unit.
Note
Unsupported values
Values for functions that are not available on the SIMOCODE device are read as zero.
Description of the blocks
4.5 Block for statistical function MMStat
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 145
Table 4- 69 Statistical values for SIMOCODE pro devices
Statistical value
SIMOCODE
pro C
SIMOCODE
pro S
SIMOCODE
pro V
Parameter
Device operating hours X X X D_OpH
Motor operating hours X X X M_OpH
Internal motor operating hours X X X M_IntOpH
Motor stop time X X X M_StpTm
Permissible starts X X X P_StrtAct
Number of overload trips X X X N_OvlTrp
Number of internal overload trips X X X N_IntOvlTrp
Number of starts X X X N_Strt
Internal number of starts
"Clockwise"
X X X N_IntCwStrt
Internal number of starts
"Counterclockwise"
X X X N_IntCcwStrt
Number of parameter assign-
ments
X X X N_Param
Time until test required – – X TmTstReq
Energy consumption – – available with
Current /
voltage
measuring
modules UM
EngyCon
Timer 1 actual value in seconds X X X Tmr1Act
Timer 2 actual value in seconds X X X Tmr2Act
Timer 3 actual value in seconds – – X Tmr3Act
Timer 4 actual value in seconds – – X Tmr4Act
Counter 1 - Actual value X X X Cnt1Act
Counter 2 - Actual value X X X Cnt2Act
Counter 3 - Actual value – – X Cnt3Act
Counter 4 - Actual value – – X Cnt4Act
Calculation module 1 – – X CalMod1Out
Calculation module 2 – – X CalMod2Out
"X" = Statistical value is available, "–" = Statistical value is not available.
Description of the blocks
4.5 Block for statistical function MMStat
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
146 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
Additional statistical values for PROFINET devices
Table 4- 70 Additional statistical values for PROFINET devices
Statistical value
SIMOCODE pro V PROFINET
Parameter
Timer 5 actual value in seconds X Tmr5Act
Timer 6 actual value in seconds X Tmr6Act
Counter 5 - Actual value X Cnt5Act
Counter 6 - Actual value X Cnt6Act
Calculation module 3 X AnaMod1Out
Calculation module 4 X AnaMod2Out
Analog MultiplexerOutput X AnaMulOut
"X" = Statistical value is available, "–" = Statistical value is not available.
4.5.4
Message characteristics
MMStat signals the following errors at the block output:
● Rack fault (RackF_Act)
● Module fault (ModF_Act)
An error generates a group error GrpErr in output parameter Err_Act.
These errors are not signaled as alarms as they are already part of the MMDiag block (both
on the DP master system and behind the Y-Link/ IE-PB-Link). The alarms are output using
the ALARM_8P function.
The messages can be enabled or disabled using the MsgLock input.
The alarms are also suppressed if the block is in Out of service mode.
The alarms are suppressed on warm restart for the number of cycles set for power up in the
RunUpCyc parameter.
Description of the blocks
4.5 Block for statistical function MMStat
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 147
Message block MsgEvId1
Table 4- 71 Output messages
Message block
Message No.
Block parameters
Message text
Message
class *
MsgEvId1
1
ExtMsg1
** $$BlockComment$$External message 1 S
2
ExtMsg2
** $$BlockComment$$External message 2 S
3
ExtMsg3
** $$BlockComment$$External message 3 S
4
ExtMsg4
** $$BlockComment$$External message 4 S
5
ExtMsg5
** $$BlockComment$$External message 5 S
6
ExtMsg6
** $$BlockComment$$External message 6 S
7
ExtMsg7
** $$BlockComment$$External message 7 S
8
ExtMsg8
** $$BlockComment$$External message 8 S
* S = AS, OS process control fault
** User-definable message
Auxiliary values
The block supports 10 programmable auxiliary values.
Table 4- 72 Structure of the auxiliary values ALARM_8P
Message
No.
Auxiliary value
Block parameters
Meaning
1 1 BatchName
Name of batch
2 2
StepNo
Step number
3 3 BatchID
Identification number of the batch
4 4
ExtVa104
External value 4, user-definable
5 5 ExtVa105
External value 5, user-definable
6 6
ExtVa106
External value 6, user-definable
7 7 ExtVa107
External value 7, user-definable
8 8
ExtVa108
External value 8, user-definable
9 9 ExtVa109
External value 9, user-definable
10 10
ExtVa110
External value 10, user-definable
The MsgStat1, MsgAckn1, and MsgErr1 parameters transfer the following information:
● Message status
● Message error
● Message acknowledgment status
Description of the blocks
4.5 Block for statistical function MMStat
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
148 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
4.5.5
Start-up characteristics
The alarm messages are suppressed in the OB100 for the RunUpCyc no. of times.
4.5.6
Status information
The status information is communicated to WinCC for display in the faceplates.
Table 4- 73 Status information – MMStat
Status1
Bit
Description
0 Occupied
1 BatchEn
2 Reserved
3 OosAct.Value
4 OosLi active
5 Reserved
6 LocalAct.Value
7...27 Reserved
28 1 = General fault
29 MsgLock activated
30 1 = Rack fault
31 Slv_Typ:
0 = PROFIBUS, 1 = PROFINET
Description of the blocks
4.5 Block for statistical function MMStat
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 149
4.5.7
Enabled operations
The operator permissions for control commands are configured in the OS_Perm structured
parameters. These are transferred to WinCC via the OS_PermOut and OS_PermLog parameters.
The operator parameters are controlled via the FBs in CFC.
The activated parameter allows the operator to enter the desired commands.
The operator permissions control operation only in the faceplate.
Table 4- 74 Operator permissions – MMStat
OS_Perm
bit
OS_PermOut
bit
OS_PermLog
bit
Description
0 0 0 Reserved
1 1 1 1 = Operator is permitted to change to "ON"
mode
2 2 2 Reserved
3 3 3 1 = Operator is permitted to change to "Out of
service" (Oos) mode
4...20 4...20 4...20 Reserved
21 21 21 1 = Operator is permitted to read data from the
device
22…31 22…31 22…31 Reserved
OS_PermOut contains the permission information of all the parameters.
OS_PermLog contains the permission evaluated based on the current operating states.
Description of the blocks
4.5 Block for statistical function MMStat
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
150 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
4.5.8
Faceplate views
4.5.8.1
MMStat - Standard
Standard 1 view
①
Display of the mode and button for switching between modes
②
Operating hours (D_OpH, M_OpH, M_IntOpH)
③
Number of starts, number of starts "clockwise," number of starts "counterclockwise"
(N_Strt, N_IntCwStrt, N_IntCcwStrt)
Permissible starts (P_Strt)
Motor stop time (M_StpTm)
④
Consumed energy in KWh (EngyCon)
Number of parameterizations (N_Param)
Number of overload trips (N_OvlTrp)
Number of internal overload trips (N_IntOvlTrp)
⑤
Time until test required (TmTstReq)
⑥
Button for updating the data (RdDataOp). Button is deactivated if RackF_Act = 1; authoriza-
tion level 5 and higher
Description of the blocks
4.5 Block for statistical function MMStat
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 151
Standard 2 view
①
Timers
Timers 1-4 (Tmr1Act, Tmr2Act, Tmr3Act, Tmr4Act)
Timers 5-6 (Tmr5Act, Tmr6Act) (for SIMOCODE pro PROFINET devices)
②
Counters
Counters 1-4 (Cnt1Act, Cnt2Act, Cnt3Act, Cnt4Act)
Counters 5-6 (Cnt5Act, Cnt6Act) (for SIMOCODE pro PROFINET devices)
③
Calculation modules
Calculation modules 1-2 – Output (CalMod1Out, CalMod2Out)
Calculation modules 3-4 – Output (AnaMod1Out , AnaMod2Out )
(for SIMOCODE pro PROFINET devices)
④
Button for updating the data (
RdDataOp
). Button is deactivated if
RackF_Act = 1
.
Description of the blocks
4.6 Block for timestamping MMTime
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
152 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
4.6
Block for timestamping MMTime
4.6.1
Description MMTime
The block executes the following functions:
●
Time stamping
: SIMOCODE pro V PROFIBUS can timestamp up to 8 digital signals with
high temporal precision (10 ms). In the process, every change in the state of the digital
signals will be recorded. If the time stamping function is activated, SIMOCODE pro V
PROFIBUS transfers the time-stamped events to the control system additionally for the
signals configured in the device.
●
Logbook function
: The block reads out the error buffer of SIMOCODE pro C / S / V and
SIMOCODE pro V PROFINET.
This logbook function is available for all basic units.
Time stamping function with SIMOCODE pro V PROFIBUS
To use time stamping, the DP master being used must support the time synchronization
function via PROFIBUS (e.g. DP master connections for SIMATIC S7-400). Alternatively,
you can use a master clock (e.g. SICLOCK).
You can activate time synchronization for SIMOCODE pro V in STEP 7 HW Config in the
slave properties under "Time Synchronization".
The set synchronization interval must correspond to the configuration of the clock master.
The time-stamped events are saved in the device and transferred to the control system. This
is displayed in the Alarm (Page 56) view.
Logbook function with SIMOCODE pro V PROFINET
SIMOCODE pro V PROFINET supports time synchronization via the Network Time Protocol
(NTP).
If a valid time is available, the trip errors and events in the error buffer are logged with the
date and time of day (real-time stamping).
For the SIMOCODE pro PROFIBUS, logging of events is carried out with a time stamp that
reproduces the operating hours of the device.
Description of the blocks
4.6 Block for timestamping MMTime
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 153
Views
The MMTime block supports the following views:
● Batch (Page 53)
● Alarm (Page 56)
● Preview (Page 58)
● Standard (Page 150)
● Logbook (Page 164)
The MMTime block can be indicated via two Block icons (Page 45).
References
● Overview of the templates, control functions and blocks (Page 31)
● Functions for all blocks (Page 61)
● Block parameter MMTime (Page 230)
4.6.2
Operating modes
The following operating modes are displayed on the block:
● Local
● ON
● Out of service (Oos)
4.6.3
Logbook function
The error buffer is available for SIMOCODE pro C / S / V PROFIBUS and PROFINET.
The error buffer contains the tripping events and events that a SIMOCODE pro device has
saved.
A maximum of 21 messages are recorded and displayed in the Logbook view (Page 164).
Description of the blocks
4.6 Block for timestamping MMTime
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
154 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
Each message contains the following attributes:
Attributes
PROFIBUS devices
PROFINET devices
Tripping events
Output
LogId1
to
LogId21
Number of the message Number of the message
Output LogTm1 to LogTm21 Operating hours of the
device
Real-time stamp 1
Text of the message
Events
2
Output
EnCktCls / EnCktOpn
Number of the message Number of the message
Output
ClsTmStmp / OpnTmStmp
Time stamp Time stamp
Text of the message
1
Date and real time are logged, if there is a valid time that has been synchronized via an NTP clock
or set manually with SIMOCODE ES.
2
When using DM-F expansion modules with SIMOCODE pro V.
Data records
The values are read from the SIMOCODE pro device with the "RDREC" function. This
information is written to the output parameters.
No.
Data rec-
ord num-
ber
Read ac-
cess/write
access
Number
of bytes
Description
For
PROFIBUS
For
PROFINET
1 DS72 R 125 Read tripping event Yes Yes
2 DS73 R 165 Read event (DM-F) Yes Yes
3 DS76 R 193 Time stamp for tripping
event
No Yes
4 DS77 R 193 Time stamp for events
(DM-F)
No Yes
Description of the blocks
4.6 Block for timestamping MMTime
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 155
Tripping events
Table 4- 75 Messages about tripping event – MMTime
No.
Message No.
Event
1 0 Hardware fault basic unit
2 1 Module fault
3 2 Temporary components
4 3 Configuration fault
5 4 Parameterization
6 5 Bus
7 6 PLC/PCS
8 8 Execution ON command
9 9 Execution Stop command
10 10 FB ON
11 11 FB OFF
12 12 Stalled positioner
13 13 Double 0
14 14 Double 1
15 15 End position
16 16 Antivalence
17 17 Cold starting (TPF) test position feedback
18 18 UVO fault
19 19 OPO error (operational protection OFF)
20 25 Asymmetry
21 26 Overload
22 27 Overload + phase failure
23 28 Internal ground fault
24 29 External ground fault
25 31 Thermistor trip level
26 32 Thermistor short-circuit
27 33 Thermistor open circuit
28 35 TM1 trip T>
29 36 TM1 sensor fault
30 37 TM1 Out of Range
31 38 EM open circuit
32 39 EM short-circuit
33 40 Trip level I>
34 41 Trip level I<
35 42 Trip level P>
36 43 Trip P<
37 44 Trip level cos phi<
38 45 Trip level U<
39 46 AM1 trip level 0/4–20 mA>
Description of the blocks
4.6 Block for timestamping MMTime
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
156 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
No.
Message No.
Event
40 47 AM1 trip level 0/4–20 mA<
41 48 Stalled rotor
42 52 Number of starts >
43 56 External fault 1
44 57 External fault 2
45 58 External fault 3
46 59 External fault 4
47 60 External fault 5
48 61 External fault 6
49 64 Analog module open circuit
50 65 Test trip
51 66 DM-F safety-related tripping
52 67 DM-F wiring
53 68 DM-FL cross circuit
54 72 TM2 trip T>
55 73 TM2 sensor fault
56 74 TM2 Out of Range
57 80 AM2 trip level 0/4–20 mA>
58 81 AM2 trip level 0/4–20 mA<
59 88 AM2 open circuit
Note
In logbook view, text displays as "Power - On" will contain the number of power ON
operations, reduced by 1.
DM-F events
When using DM-F Local and DM-F PROFIsafe fail-safe digital modules, the "Enabling circuit
closed" and "Enabling circuit open" events are saved.
Table 4- 76 Messages about events – MMTime
No.
Message No.
Event
1 200 or 202 Enabling circuit closed
2 201 or 203 Enabling circuit open
Description of the blocks
4.6 Block for timestamping MMTime
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 157
4.6.4
Messages
The following application is only available for SIMOCODE pro PROFIBUS devices
(Slv_Typ = 0).
Signal messages and special messages
SIMOCODE detects three message buffers: DS12, DS13, and DS14. Each of these data
sets had 180 bytes to contain 16 messages.
Table 4- 77 Assignment
Byte.Bit
Description
Size
0.0 Signal message or special message 1 12 bytes
12.0 Signal message or special message 2 12 bytes
24.0 Signal message or special message 3 12 bytes
… … …
180.0 Signal message or special message 16 12 bytes
Structure of a signal message
Table 4- 78 Signal message assignment
Byte.Bit
Description
Type
IDs (important for SIMOCODE-III)
0.0 Slot number of mod-
ule
Byte[1] 0x01: DPV1 slot model
0x04: S7 slot model
1.0 Channel number of
module
Byte[1] 0x00 .. 0x07: Number of timestamping - Input
2.0 Signal status Byte[1] Bit 7:
1 = input signal = rising edge
0 = output signal = falling edge
Bit 6:
0 = Not used
3.0 Reserved Byte[1] 0x00
4.0 Time Byte[8] Bit 0:
1 = Clock is synchronized,
0 = Clock is not synchronized
Up to 8 signal messages can be configured via SIMOCODE ES or EDD. To display the
signal messages, the timestamping must be activated in SIMOCODE ES or EDD.
Description of the blocks
4.6 Block for timestamping MMTime
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
158 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
Structure of a special message
Special messages are predefined. There are 5 special messages that are displayed,
depending on the alarm type.
Table 4- 79 Special message assignment
Byte.Bit
Description
Type
IDs (important for SIMOCODE-III)
0.0 Slot number of mod-
ule
Byte[1] 0x0: DPV1 slot model
0x02: S7 slot model
1.0 Specifier of the spe-
cial message
Byte[1] 0x01: Start-up data
0x02: Time-of-day frame failure
0x04: Time difference between frame and inter-
nal clock > 1 second
0x05: STOP of functionality and timestamping
0x06: Buffer full
2.0 Feature of the special
message
Byte[1] 01h: START / INCOMING
00h: END / OUTGOING
3.0 Reserved Byte[1] 0x00
4.0 Time Byte[8] Total time according to ISP (Internet Service
Provider) process:
Bit 0:
1 = Clock is synchronized,
0 = Clock is not synchronized
Description of the blocks
4.6 Block for timestamping MMTime
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 159
4.6.5
Signaling response
The errors are signaled in WinCC. After the alarm has been generated, the message is
transmitted to the Alarm view by the MMTime faceplate together with the time stamp.
Message block MsgEvId1
The following messages are generated:
Table 4- 80 Output messages
Message block
Message No.
Block parameters
Message text
Message
class *
MsgEvId1
1 SrStaTmst[0]
$$BlockComment$$Restart S
2
SrStaTmst[1]
$$BlockComment$$Failure of time stamp
telegram
S
3 SrStaTmst[2]
$$BlockComment$$Time stamp diff .between
telegram and int. clock > 1 sec
S
4 SrStaTmst[3]
$$BlockComment$$Stop of time stamp func-
tionality
S
5
SrStaTmst[4]
$$BlockComment$$Buffer overflow S
6 ExtMsg9
$$BlockComment$$External Message 9 S
7
ExtMsg10
$$BlockComment$$External Message 10 S
8 ExtMsg11
$$BlockComment$$External Message 11 S
* S = AS, OS process control fault
Table 4- 81 Structure of the auxiliary values ALARM_8P1
Message No.
Auxiliary
value
Block parameters
Meaning
1 1 SarrTimeStamp[0]
Timestamp array value special message
2 2
SarrBatchName
Batch name
3 3 SdwStepNoLoc
Step number of batch
4 4
SdwBatchId
Identification number of the batch
5 5 ExtVa105
External value 5, user-definable
6 6
ExtVa106
External value 6, user-definable
7 7 ExtVa107
External value 7, user-definable
8 8
ExtVa108
External value 8, user-definable
9 9 ExtVa109
External value 9, user-definable
10 10
ExtVa110
External value 10, user-definable
Description of the blocks
4.6 Block for timestamping MMTime
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
160 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
Message block MsgEvId2
The following messages are generated:
Table 4- 82 Output messages
Message block
Message No.
Block parameters
Message text
Message class
MsgEvId2
1 SarMsgEff2[1]
$$BlockComment$$ Signal 1 S
2
SarMsgEff2[2]
$$BlockComment$$ Signal 2 S
3 SarMsgEff2[3]
$$BlockComment$$ Signal 3 S
4 SarMsgEff2[4]
$$BlockComment$$ Signal 4 S
5 SarMsgEff2[5]
$$BlockComment$$ Signal 5 S
6
SarMsgEff2[6]
$$BlockComment$$ Signal 6 S
7
SarMsgEff2[7]
$$BlockComment$$ Signal 7 S
8
SarMsgEff2[8]
$$BlockComment$$ Signal 8 S
* S = AS, OS process control fault
Table 4- 83 Structure of the auxiliary values ALARM_8P
Message No.
Auxiliary
value
Block parameters
Meaning
1 1 SarrTimeStamp[1]
Timestamp array value signal message
2 2 SarrBatchName
Name of batch
3 3 SdwStepNoLoc
Step number
4 4
SdwBatchId
Identification number of the batch
5 5 ExtVa205
External value 5, user-definable
6 6
ExtVa206
External value 6, user-definable
7 7 ExtVa207
External value 7, user-definable
8 8
ExtVa208
External value 8, user-definable
9 9 ExtVa209
External value 9, user-definable
10 10
ExtVa210
External value 10, user-definable
The MsgStat1, MsgAckn1, and MsgErr1 parameters transfer the following information:
● Message status
● Message error
● Message acknowledgment status
Parameters SigMsg1 to SigMsg8 are messages that can be defined by the user via
SIMOCODE ES or EDD.
Description of the blocks
4.6 Block for timestamping MMTime
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 161
4.6.6
Driver generator
The "Generate Module Driver" function automatically inserts the MMTime block into the
following organization blocks within the run sequence:
● OB40 (process alarm)
● OB100 (cold restart)
The DAddr input is parameterized via the information from the HW Config.
4.6.7
Start-up characteristics
In OB100, the identifier for "Start up" is entered in output OMODE (OMODE = 16#xx01xxxx).
The alarm messages are suppressed in the OB100 for the RunUpCyc no. of times.
Acknowledge the errors GrpErr, RackF_Act, ModF_Act, Rack1Err, and Rack2Err.
4.6.8
Status information
The status information is communicated to WinCC for display in the faceplates.
Table 4- 84 Status information – MMTime
Status1
Bit
Description
0 Occupied
1 BatchEn
3 1 = OOS mode:
4 OosLi active
5 0 = ManAct.Value
1 = AutoAct.Value
6 0 = ON mode
1 = LOCAL mode
7 MsgLock.Value
8 TmStmpAct.Value
9 Logbook fault 1 Type
10 Logbook fault 2 Type
11 Logbook fault 3 Type
12 Logbook fault 4 Type
13 Logbook fault 5 Type
14 Logbook fault 6 Type
15 Logbook fault 7 Type
16 Logbook fault 8 Type
17 Logbook fault 9 Type
18 Logbook fault 10 Type
Description of the blocks
4.6 Block for timestamping MMTime
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
162 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
Status1
Bit
Description
19 Logbook fault 11 Type
20 Logbook fault 12 Type
21 Logbook fault 13 Type
22 Logbook fault 14 Type
23 Logbook fault 15 Type
24 Logbook fault 16 Type
25 Logbook fault 17 Type
26 Logbook fault 18 Type
27 Logbook fault 19 Type
28 Logbook fault 20 Type
29 Logbook fault 21 Type
30 0 = Deactivate the "Read Data" button in the event that the
"Rack Fault" and
"Read Data" operation will not be triggered by the faceplate.
1 = Activate "Read Data" button
31 Slv_Type 0 = PROFIBUS, 1 = PROFINET
4.6.9
Enabled operations
The operator permissions for control commands are configured in the OS_Perm structured
parameters. These are transferred to WinCC via the OS_PermOut and OS_PermLog parameters.
The block parameters are controlled via the FBs in CFC.
The activated parameter allows the operator to enter the desired commands.
The operator permissions control operation only in the faceplate.
Table 4- 85 Operator permissions – MMTime
OS_Perm
bit
OS_PermOut
bit
OS_PermLog
bit
Description
0 0 0 Reserved
1 1 1 1 = Operator is permitted to change to "ON"
mode
2 2 2 Reserved
3 3 3 1 = Operator is permitted to change to "Out of
service" (Oos) mode.
4...20 4...20 4...20 Reserved
21 21 21 1 = Operator is permitted to read data from the
device
22...31 22...31 22...31 Reserved
Description of the blocks
4.6 Block for timestamping MMTime
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 163
4.6.10
Faceplate views
4.6.10.1
MMTime - Standard
Standard view
①
Mode display (On, Oos)
Description of the blocks
4.6 Block for timestamping MMTime
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
164 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
4.6.10.2
MMTime - Logbook
The Logbook view shows the error buffer with tripping faults and events (Page 153) saved by
a SIMOCODE pro device.
The logbook can be updated using the "Refresh" button.
Logbook view for PROFIBUS
With PROFIBUS, up to 21 messages are listed with ID and
operating hours
of the device.
Figure 4-4 Logbook view for PROFIBUS
Note
Alarm view
In the Alarm view (Page 56), the information is entered if the time stamping function is
activated.
Description of the blocks
4.6 Block for timestamping MMTime
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 165
Logbook view for PROFINET
With PROFINET, up to 21 messages are listed with ID and
real-time stamp
.
Figure 4-5 Logbook view for PROFINET
Description of the blocks
4.7 MMRevDhl motor block
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
166 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
4.7
MMRevDhl motor block
4.7.1
Application
4.7.1.1
Description of MMRevDhl
Purpose of the block
The MMRevDhl motor block controls the operation of a Dahlander High Feature reversing
starter.
The following commands are available in automatic mode and in manual mode:
● Forward
● Fast Forward
● Reverse
● Fast Reverse
● Stop
Use
In AUTO mode, the commands can be given based on the Feature.Bit4 : 0 = pushbutton
mode, 1 = switch mode.
The commands for starting and stopping the motor (FwdMan, FFwdMan, StopMan, RevMan,
FRevMan) are reset at the end of the execution cycle of the block because the commands are
pulse signals in manual operation.
At the ErrorNum parameter, error “Invalid signal status” is indicated if FwdAut = 1 and StopAut
= 1, provided that Feature.Bit4 = 0.
Block icons and faceplates
The MMRevDhl motor block can be indicated via 2 block icons (Page 45).
The commands can be issued from the faceplate if the operator permission has been
programmed at the OS_Perm parameter.
Description of the blocks
4.7 MMRevDhl motor block
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 167
Views
The MMRevDhl motor block supports the following views:
● Batch (Page 53)
● Trend (Page 54)
● Alarm (Page 56)
● Memo (Page 57)
● Standard (Page 188)
● Maintenance (Page 190)
● Preview (Page 191)
References
● Overview of the templates, control functions and blocks (Page 31)
● Functions for all blocks (Page 61)
● MMRevDhl block parameter (Page 235)
4.7.1.2
Operating modes
The following modes are available for the MMRevDhl block:
● Local (for motors and solenoid valves)
● Automatic
● Manual
● Out of service(Oos)
Description of the blocks
4.7 MMRevDhl motor block
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
168 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
Conditions for changing the mode
Table 4- 86 Conditions for changing the mode
No.
Conditions
① MANUAL (ON) → Out of service (Oos)
• Via faceplate (OosOp = 1) if ModLiOp = 0 or
• on an edge transition 0 → 1 from OosLi, if Feature.Bit1 = 1 (response for Out of
service mode)
② Out of service (Oos) → MANUAL (ON)
Via faceplate
(ManModOp = 1)
③ Local → MANUAL
• Via faceplate (ManModOp = 1) if ModLiOp = 0 and LocalSetting = 3 or LocalSetting
= 4 or
• via LocalLi = 0, if LocalSetting = 1, LocalSetting = 2
④ AUTOMATIC → MANUAL
• Via faceplate (ManModOp = 1) if ModLiOp = 0 or
• via ManModLi = 1 if ModLiOp = 1 and Feature.Bit4 = 0 (pushbutton mode) or
• via AutModLi = 0 if ModLiOp = 1 and Feature.Bit4 = 1 (switch mode)
⑤ MANUAL → AUTOMATIC
• Via faceplate (AutModOp = 1) if ModLiOp = 0 or
• via AutModLi = 1 if ModLiOp = 1
⑥ Manual → Local
• Via faceplate (LocalOp = 1) if ModLiOp = 0 and LocalSetting = 3 or
LocalSetting =
4 or
• via LocalLi = 1, if LocalSetting = 1, LocalSetting = 2
⑦ AUTOMATIC → Local
• Via faceplate (LocalOp = 1) if ModLiOp = 0 and LocalSetting = 3 or
LocalSetting =
4 or
• via LocalLi = 1, if LocalSetting = 1, LocalSetting = 2
⑧ Local → AUTOMATIC
• Via faceplate (AutModOp = 1) if ModLiOp = 0 and LocalSetting = 3 or LocalSetting
= 4 or
• via LocalLi = 0, if LocalSetting = 1, LocalSetting = 2
If ModLiOp = 1, the enabled operations for all mode changes will be deactivated.
If the block is in local mode, no other mode can be activated for it.
Description of the blocks
4.7 MMRevDhl motor block
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 169
Switching between the operating modes
The switchover between "manual and automatic mode" takes place as shown in the
following schematic:
Reference
For more information, refer to the Function Manual "PCS7 Process Control System, PCS7
Advanced Process Library V8.0" on the Internet
(https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/document/57265842).
4.7.1.3
Mode changeover error
This fault is output if you want to change the mode of the block from:
● manual to automatic mode or
● local to automatic mode
and the previous state does not match the target state (Bumpless switchover : This refers to
motor state before and after mode switchover).
It is only possible to change the mode if the block is in the same state afterward and
beforehand.
Bumpless switchover can be activated / deactivated using the connection Feature.Bit17
bumpless switchover to automatic mode
.
Bumpless switchover from local to automatic mode is performed with the LocalSetting
parameter.
In the standard view of the faceplate, the text "Error switchover" is output on unwanted non-
bumpless switchover.
If switchover from local to automatic mode is initiated by the operator and this error occurs,
the block will remain in local mode.
Description of the blocks
4.7 MMRevDhl motor block
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
170 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
4.7.1.4
Forcing operating modes
The "Forcing operating modes" function enables you to put the function block into another
operating state via interconnectable input parameters, independently of the current control.
Table 4- 87 Parameters for "Forced operating states"
Parameter
Value
Meaning
StopForce
1 Stop motor (forced)
FwdForce
1 Start motor forward (forced)
FFwdForce
1 Start motor fast forward (forced)
RevForce
1 Start motor in reverse (forced)
FRevForce
1 Start motor in fast reverse (forced)
Inconsistent input parameters generate the ErrorNum parameter, the control remains
unchanged.
Note
• The function can be performed in MANUAL and AUTO mode.
If you have parameterized the prewarning time WarnTiMan and the waiting time IdleTime
as greater than 0, the control will only become effective after the set times have elapsed.
• When operating states are forced, the
Enable direct changeover between forward and
reverse operation
feature bit has no effect. Direct changeover between forward and
reverse operation is always possible.
Display in the faceplate and block icon
If an operating state is forced, this is displayed in the block icon and in the standard view of
the faceplate.
In the block symbol: Display with a red F and the crossed-out lock.
In the standard view of the faceplate: Display of a text for the forced operating state, e.g.
"Forced stop" for motors. This is additionally displayed with the crossed-out lock.
Description of the blocks
4.7 MMRevDhl motor block
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 171
4.7.1.5
Control functions for directions
In local, manual, and automatic mode, the commands for the change of direction are
controlled via:
● Feature.Bit5 = 1
● Feature.Bit7 = 1
The switchover time cannot be applied to Force control commands. For more details on
direction commands please refer the table below:
Commands for
change of di-
rection
Off
Fwd
Rev
FFwd
FRev
OFF
– – Feature.Bit5* Feature.Bit5*
Fwd
– – Feature.Bit7 Feature.Bit5* Feature.Bit5
Feature.Bit7
Rev
– Feature.Bit7 – Feature.Bit5*
Feature.Bit7
Feature.Bit5*
FFwd
Feature.Bit5* – Feature.Bit5
Feature.Bit7
– Feature.Bit5
Feature.Bit7
FRev
Feature.Bit5* Feature.Bit5
Feature.Bit7
– Feature.Bit5
Feature.Bit7
–
* also possible without Feature bit. For more details, please refer Section "Step control mode for the
speed change" at Advanced Process Library (V8.0) Function Manual.
4.7.2
Output signal for ready to start
The RdyToStart = 1 output parameter displays whether a start is possible in AUTO mode.
Readiness to start is output if the following conditions are fulfilled:
● No general fault is pending.
● No interlock is active
● No forcing of operating states and the setting value is active
● No rapid stop is active
● The block is in automatic mode
● The waiting time for the restart must have elapsed
Description of the blocks
4.7 MMRevDhl motor block
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
172 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
4.7.3
Resetting of the block
Resetting the block is necessary if an interlock occurred via the input Protect, Trip, or an
error ("runtime" or "control") has occurred.
The RdyToReset output signals if resetting is possible via the RstLi input parameter or via the
automatic commands.
The block can be reset in different ways:
● Resetting by interconnection (RstLi input).
● Resetting by the operator via pushbutton in the faceplate (RstOp input).
● Resetting by a 0-1 edge transition of the corresponding automatic or local signal (except
for motor protection).
To reset via the faceplate, the operator must have the appropriate authorization (OS_Perm).
After a reset, the P_Rst output is set for one cycle.
4.7.4
Restart lock after changing direction of rotation or switching off the motor
Use the IdleTime input parameter to enter a restart lock for changing the direction of rotation
and for restarting the motor.
Via the
Enable direct changeover between forward and reverse operation
feature bit, you
define how switchover is to be performed. When the "Stop" command is given, the motor
goes immediately into "Stop" mode and the IdleTime starts after the feedback has been
received (FbkFwd and FbkRev = 0). The motor cannot be started again until the IdleTime has
expired.
The IdleTime parameter can be set independently of the MonTiDynamic parameter.
4.7.5
Limit value monitoring with hysteresis
The block supports the standard function limit value monitoring with hysteresis. The function
is executed via the AV_Hyst input parameter.
Description of the blocks
4.7 MMRevDhl motor block
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 173
4.7.6
Rapid stop
Rapid stop has the highest priority in manual and automatic mode, and in all other operating
states (e.g. forcing of states). The function is activated via the faceplate. This depends on
the parameterization in the Enable rapid stop via faceplate feature bit.
You enter the command for rapid stop via the RapidStp = 1 input parameter.
The drive is stopped immediately by clicking the "Rapid stop" button in the faceplate. This is
displayed in the faceplate:
For implementation of the rapid stop function for local operation, the R_StpAct = 1 output
parameter is set. You must interconnect this parameter with the relevant channel block and
in the I/Os to implement this rapid stop function in the hardware.
Release of the rapid stop for all modes is performed in the faceplate via the "Reset" button
(RstOp = 1). In the CFC, release is performed via the RstLi = 1 input parameter. In
automatic mode, release can also be performed via a 0-1 edge transition of the control if the
Feature.Bit9 = 1.
Rapid stop can also be selected in the stop state of the motor. This also prevents the motor
from starting.
4.7.7
Specify warning times for controls
The MMRevDhl block supports the Specify warning times for controls function.
You can generate warning signals when motors are started. Warning signals can be
generated in the following modes:
● Manual mode (WarnTiMan input parameter)
● Automatic mode (WarnTiAut input parameter)
You specify the warning times in seconds using the WarnTiMan and WarnTiAut input
parameters. If a motor is started, this is displayed in the output parameter with WarnAct = 1.
The motor then starts after the set warning times has elapsed and WarnAct is reset
(WarnAct = 0).
A warning to this effect will not be output if you set a value smaller than the SampleTime
parameter for the warning times (WarnTiMan, WarnTiAut).
Description of the blocks
4.7 MMRevDhl motor block
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
174 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
4.7.8
Issuing maintenance release
The maintenance release is information about a measuring point at which maintenance,
service, or calibration work is to be performed. You can use the signal for the maintenance
release to convey information about release of a measuring point from the OS to the
maintenance station.
You issue the maintenance release in the parameter view via operation of the MS_RelOp = 1
input parameter (operator control permission "high-value process operation" required). A
maintenance release is then provided via the interconnectable output parameter
MS_Release = 1 for further processing. An operator in the message is generated.
4.7.9
Suppressing messages using the MsgLock parameter
The MMOprtn block supports the standard function message suppression. The function is
executed via the MsgLock parameter.
With the Feature.Bit25, you determine which messages are suppressed via the MsgLock = 1
parameter:
● All messages on the block
● All messages on the block except for process control messages, the message class that
is released by the default setting (e.g. CSF, motor protection, feedback error) and
external messages.
Pending messages are given the "output" status with MsgLock = 1.
4.7.10
Simulation
Simulation is the manipulation of a signal, independently of the actual source of the signal or
logic that generates this signal.
Simulation can only be activated / deactivated with the operator control permission level for
system authorization via SimOn =1 if SimLiOp = 0 or from the CFC via SimOnLi=1 if SimLiOp =
1.
During simulation, the Quality Code(ST_Worst) is set to 16#60. The icons for the Quality
Code are displayed in the block icon and in the overview window of the faceplates.
Simulation is triggered during runtime in the faceplate's parameter view by clicking on the
"Simulation" button.
The simulation is characterized as follows:
● Simulation can only be activated / deactivated with the operator control permission level
for system authorization.
● The technological functions are not influenced
● All process-relevant output signals, such as Fwd, Rev, FFwd, and FRev are given
"Simulation" status.
Description of the blocks
4.7 MMRevDhl motor block
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 175
● In the case of blocks with operator control or monitoring functions (for example,
faceplates), these signals are identified in the faceplate with the status for the simulation
as follows:
● The group status of the block is displayed in the status bar of the block icon and of the
operator block with the simulation status as follows:
● The interlocking functions of the block are activated in accordance with the input
parameter BypProt = 0 or deactivated BypProt = 1.
● Auxiliary values (e.g. UserAna1) cannot be simulated.
● When the control function of the block can be manipulated, the read-back and feedback
values (for example, FbkSpd1) are adjusted according to the manipulation of the control
settings
4.7.11
Monitoring functions
The monitoring function can be released or blocked via the operator in the faceplate.
The Monitor parameter indicates whether the feedback for the monitoring function is
activated:
● Monitor = 1 (default): Monitoring function ON
● Monitor = 0: Monitoring function OFF
If the block is in Local mode, no check is made for monitoring errors.
If the "Forward" / "Stop" command is output and no correct feedback signal is received within
the defined time (MonTiDynamic), the block will issue an error signal (MonDynErr) and the
output signal will issue the "Stop" command.
The monitoring time is specified in seconds. If the monitoring time is less than the sampling
time, the monitoring time will be calibrated to the sampling time. The time can be entered in
the faceplate in the expanded command area in day-hour-minute-second format.
The function is not available in Out of Service mode.
Note
The monitoring functions are functions of the block.
SIMOCODE pro nevertheless has its own functions for monitoring the on/off operations and
the switching state of the motor.
The monitoring functions of the block can come into conflict with monitoring functions
configured in SIMOCODE pro under certain conditions.
Description of the blocks
4.7 MMRevDhl motor block
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
176 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
Monitoring of the starting and stopping characteristics for motors
The monitoring of the starting characteristics is implemented via the MonTiDynamic parameter.
The monitoring time states the period in which the associated feedback value for a control
signal, e.g. FbkStart must be present in the motor. If this is not the case, the text "Feedback
error" is displayed in the standard view of the faceplate.
At the same time, an error message is output. The block then enters its neutral position. In
motors, this is always the stop state. The block signals this on the relevant output parameter
of the error message with 1, e.g. on the motor with MonDynErr = 1.
The parameters are set in seconds.
Note
The monitoring functions are functions of the block.
SIMOCODE pro nevertheless has its own functions for monitoring the on/off operations. You
can set these using the device parameters
Motor control → Control function → Execution
time
.
The monitoring functions of the block can come into conflict with monitoring functions
configured in SIMOCODE pro under certain conditions.
Monitoring of the running characteristics for motors
The monitoring of the running characteristics is implemented via the MonTiStatic parameter.
The monitoring time states the period in which the feedback value can change its value
quickly without an error message being output.
Example: A running motor with the feedback via the FbkStart input parameter. This
parameter should be static in accordance with the control, but may change its value within
the monitoring time.
If change of the FbkStart parameter is longer than the monitoring time, the "Runtime error"
text will be displayed in the standard view of the faceplate.
At the same time, an error message is output. The block then enters its neutral position. For
motors, this is always the stop state. The block signals this on the relevant output parameter
of the error message with 1, e.g. on the motor with MonStaErr = 1.
The parameters are set in seconds.
Note
The monitoring functions are functions of the block.
SIMOCODE pro nevertheless has its own functions for monitoring the switching state of the
motor. You can set these using the device parameters
Motor control → Control function →
Feedback time
.
The monitoring functions of the block can come into conflict with monitoring functions
configured in SIMOCODE pro under certain conditions.
See also
MMRevDhl - Maintenance (Page 190)
Description of the blocks
4.7 MMRevDhl motor block
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 177
4.7.12
Motor Protection
The motor protection function is used to switch off the motor on a thermal overload
(Trip = 0, interconnectable input parameters).
If the motor is switched off via the motor protection function, a message is generated
(process control message). This is displayed in the faceplate with the text "Motor protection."
You can influence the reset via various Feature.Bits. For more details, please refer to the
section 5.6.3 "Resetting the block in case of interlocks or errors" .
4.7.13
Interlocking
Interlocking with Permit, Intlock and Protect
A maximum of three types of interlock can be used for the MMRevDhl block. Three separate
inputs named Permit, Intlock, and Protect are available for these functions.
Table 4- 88 Interlock types
Input
Value
Meaning
Permit
1
Activation enable ("Permission"):
The activation enable makes it possible to leave the neutral position of
the block in response to operator input or a command from the program
(CFC). The activation enable has no effect if the block is not in the
neutral position.
Intlock
0
Interlock without reset ("Interlock"):
An active interlock condition brings the block to the neutral position.
After the interlock condition has gone, the currently active control func-
tion becomes active again in automatic or local mode. In manual mode
the faceplate can be operated again after the interlock condition has
gone.
Protect
0
Interlock with reset ("Protection"):
An active interlock condition brings the block to the neutral position.
After the interlock conditions are cleared, the operator or an activation
sequence must perform a reset to once again enable activation of the
control according to the input parameters.
Description of the blocks
4.7 MMRevDhl motor block
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
178 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
Display of interlock
The state of the interlock is visualized in the faceplates and in the block icons.
Table 4- 89 Icons for interlock
Icon
Meaning
No interlock is active
One or more interlocks are pending
No lock Individual interlocks are not active (the input parameters are inactive; the button in
the faceplate is invisible):
• Perm_En = 0 or Permit.ST = 16#FF
• Prot_En = 0 or Protect.ST = 16#FF
• Intl_En = 0 or Intlock.ST = 16#FF
Note
No safe position
Motors and values are not put into the safe position if one of the interlock inputs is active
(e.g.,
Intlock
= 0) and the corresponding signal status is 16#FF (
Intlock.ST = 16#FF
).
"Interlock active" output via the LockAct parameter
The LockAct parameter is always set automatically if an interlock is set in the following
parameters:
● Intlock
● Permit
● Protect
● Trip
The LockAct = 0 parameter if the interlock is canceled and the interlocks that require
acknowledgments have been acknowledged.
You can bypass the interlock using BypProt = 1 in local mode and during simulation. This
also makes LockAct = 0.
Description of the blocks
4.7 MMRevDhl motor block
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 179
How the signal status affects the interlocks
There are three ways in which the signal status affects the interlocks:
No.
Icon
Signal status
1
Simulation
(16#60):
• If the interlock signal with the status 16#60 brings about a cancela-
tion of the interlock, this is processed as a bypass of the interlock in
the block.
• If the interlock signal with status 16#60 does not bring about a can-
celation of the interlock, this is processed in the block as simulation.
2
"bad, device-related" (16#28) or " bad, process-related"
(16#00)
→ The signal status is used to activate the motor to stop.
3 – Signal status ≠
Simulation,
"bad, device-related" and " bad, process-
related"
→ No change in the block
See also
MMRevDhl - Standard (Page 188)
4.7.14
Disabling interlocks
Disabling individual interlocks
You can disable the block interlocks that are implemented using the input parameters
Permit, Intlock, and Protect.
This is done by setting the following parameters:
● Perm_En = 0 or Permit.ST = 16#FF: The Permit input parameter has no effect
● Prot_En = 0 or Protect.ST = 16#FF: The Protect input parameter has no effect
● Intl_En = 0 or Intlock.ST = 16#FF: The Intlock input parameter has no effect
Deactivation of all interlocks
You can use the input parameter BypProt = 1 to disable all the interlocks, irrespective of the
parameter assignment of the individual interlock, in local mode as well as for the "simulation"
function.
Description of the blocks
4.7 MMRevDhl motor block
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
180 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
4.7.15
Group fault
GrpErr
The output parameter for group error GrpErr is set when one of the errors listed below is
detected.
The STANDARD view displays these errors as a "group error" in plain text.
● Control System Fault (CSF)
● Trip (Trip)
● Feedback error due to control change (MonDynErr)
● Feedback error due to unexpected feedback change (MonStaErr)
4.7.16
User-defined auxiliary values and user-defined status
For the MMRevDhl block, auxiliary values and status bits are available that are displayed in
the Standard view and that the user can define.
User-defined auxiliary values
Use the auxiliary values to display values such as motor velocity, temperature.
To do so, connect the value to be displayed with input parameters UserAna1 or UserAna2.
In the CFC chart, you can define the text for the displayed values in the object properties of
the block (Connections > Identifiers).
User-defined status
Use the UserStatus parameter to display information using user-defined status bits.
To do so, connect the signal (byte) to be displayed with the UserStatus input parameter.
4.7.17
Message characteristics
The alarms are output using the ALARM_8P function.
Block messages can be enabled or disabled using the MsgLock input.
The alarms are also suppressed if the block is in Out of service mode.
The alarms are suppressed on warm restart for the number of cycles set for power up in the
RunUpCyc parameter.
Description of the blocks
4.7 MMRevDhl motor block
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 181
Message block MsgEvId1
Table 4- 90 Output messages
Message block
Message
No.
Block parameters
Message text
Message
class *
MsgEvId1
1 Message-1
$$BlockComment$$Monitoring Error or
Starter tripped
S
2 Message-2
$$BlockComment$$Motor protection trig-
gered
S
3 CSF
$$BlockComment$$Control System Fault S
4
ExtMsg1
** $$BlockComment$$External message 1 S
5
ExtMsg2
** $$BlockComment$$External message 2 S
6
ExtMsg3
** $$BlockComment$$External message 3 S
7 – – –
8 – – –
* S = AS, OS process control fault
** User-definable message
Table 4- 91 Structure of the auxiliary values ALARM_8P
Message No.
Auxiliary
value
Block parameters
Meaning
1 1 BatchName
Name of batch
2 2
StepNo
Step number
3 3 BatchID
ID of the batch
4 4
ExtVa104
External value 4, user-definable
5 5 ExtVa105
External value 5, user-definable
6 6
ExtVa106
External value 6, user-definable
7 7 ExtVa107
External value 7, user-definable
8 8
ExtVa108
External value 8, user-definable
9 9 ExtVa109
Reserved
10 10
ExtVa110
Reserved
The MsgStat1, MsgAckn1, and MsgErr1 parameters transfer the following information:
● Message status
● Message error
● Message acknowledgment status
Description of the blocks
4.7 MMRevDhl motor block
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
182 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
Message block MsgEvId2
Table 4- 92 Output messages
Message block
Message
No.
Block parameters
Message text
Message
class *
MsgEvId2
1 ExtMsg4 ** $$BlockComment$$ MMOprtn Group Warn-
ing : @1W%t#MMOprtn_WRN@
S
2 ExtMsg5 ** $$BlockComment$$ MMOprtn Group Fault :
@2W%t#MMOprtn_TRP@
S
3 ExtMsg6 ** $$BlockComment$$ MMOprtn Control Sys-
tem Fault
S
4
ExtMsg
** $$BlockComment$$ MMOprtn Warning I> S
5
ExtMsg8
** $$BlockComment$$ MMOprtn Warning I< S
6
ExtMsg9
** $$BlockComment$$ MMOprtn Trip I> S
7
ExtMsg10
** $$BlockComment$$ MMOprtn Trip I< S
8
ExtMsg11
** $$BlockComment$$ MMOprtn Test Position S
* S = AS, OS process control fault
** User-definable message
Table 4- 93 Structure of the auxiliary values ALARM_8P
Message No.
Auxiliary
value
Block parameters
Meaning
1 1 SarrBatchName
Name of batch
2 2
SdwStepNoLoc
Step number
3 3 SdwBatchId
Identification number of the batch
4 4
ExtVa204
External value 4, user-definable
5 5 ExtVa205
External value 5, user-definable
6 6
ExtVa206
External value 6, user-definable
7 7 ExtVa207
External value 7, user-definable
8 8
ExtVa208
External value 8, user-definable
The MsgStat2, MsgAckn2, and MsgErr2 parameters transfer the following information:
● Message status
● Message error
● Message acknowledgment status
Description of the blocks
4.7 MMRevDhl motor block
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 183
4.7.18
Fault handling
The following errors can be displayed for this block:
● Error numbers (Page 66)
● Mode changeover error
● Invalid input signals
4.7.19
Invalid input signals
The "Invalid input signals" error is output if there are inconsistencies between associated
inputs and outputs. For example, you cannot issue start commands and stop commands to
the motor simultaneously.
If the block algorithm detects an invalid combination of input signals, it will issue an error
number at the ErrorNum output, depending on the block.
The STANDARD view displays this error in plain text.
4.7.20
Enable for measurement and statistics
You can open the Standard view of the MMMeas and MMStat blocks using buttons in the
Maintenance view of the MMRevDhl block.
To display buttons in the faceplate, connect the SelMeas and SelStat input parameters to an
output parameter of the MMMeas and MMStat blocks in the CFC chart.
Note
Configure MMMeas and MMStat blocks in the same CFC as the MMRevDhl block.
Description of the blocks
4.7 MMRevDhl motor block
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
184 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
4.7.21
Enabled operations
The operator permissions for control commands are configured in the OS_Perm structured
parameters. These are transferred to WinCC via the OS_PermOut and OS_PermLog parameters.
The block parameters are controlled via the FBs in CFC.
The activated parameter allows the operator to enter the desired commands.
The operator permissions control operation only in the faceplate.
Table 4- 94 Operator permissions – MMRevDhl
OS_Perm
bit
OS_PermOut
bit
OS_PermLog
bit
Description
0 0 0 1 = Operator is permitted to change to AUTO
mode.
1 1 1 1 = Operator is permitted to change to
MANUAL mode.
2 2 2 1 = Operator is permitted to change to Local
mode.
3 3 3 1 = Operator is permitted to change to "Out of
service" mode
4 4 4 1 = Operator is permitted to stop the motor
5 5 5 1 = Operator is permitted to start the motor
(forward) On>
6 6 6 1 = Operator is permitted to start the motor
(reverse) On>
7 7 7 1 = Operator is permitted to start the motor
(fast forward) On>>
8 8 8 1 = Operator is permitted to start the motor
(fast reverse) On<<
9 9 9 1 = Operator is permitted to reset the motor
10 10 10 1 = Operator is permitted to define the moni-
toring time for startup
11 11 11 1 = Operator is permitted to define the moni-
toring time for runtime
12 12 12 1 = Operator is permitted to activate the moni-
toring time function (Bit10, Bit11)
13 13 13 1 = Operator is permitted to activate the Simu-
lation function
14 14 14 1 = Operator is permitted to activate the
maintenance release function
15...31 15...31 15...31 Reserved
Description of the blocks
4.7 MMRevDhl motor block
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 185
4.7.22
Status information
The status information is passed to WinCC for display in the faceplates.
Status1
Table 4- 95 Status1 – MMRevDhl
Status1
bit
Description
0 Occupied
1 BatchEn
2 SimOn
3 OosAct.Value
4 OosLi.Value
5 0 = ManAct.Value
1 = AutoAct.Value
6 LocalAct.Value
7 0: Open padlock in the faceplate (no interlock active)
1: Closed padlock in the faceplate
8 Fwd.Value
9 Motor is stopped
10 Rev.Value
11 FFwd.Value
12 FRev.Value
13 MonStaErr.Value
14 MonDynErr.Value
15 BypProt
16 Invalid signal status
17 Error in mode change
18 1 = Intlock is active
19 1 = Permit is active
20 1 = Protect is active
21 Trip.Value
22 FwdForce
23 StopForce
24 RevForce
25 Fast FwdForce
26 Fast Reverse Force
27 "Interlock" button activated
28 Reset request in the automatic preview
29 WarnAct.Value or IdleTime is active
30 Bypass information from previous function block
31 "Permission" button is enabled
Description of the blocks
4.7 MMRevDhl motor block
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
186 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
Status2
Table 4- 96 Status2 – MMRevDhl
Status2
bit
Description
0 MsgLock
1 Show automatic preview in the standard view
2 Automatic preview for forward mode
3 Automatic preview for stop mode
4 Automatic preview for reverse mode
5 Automatic preview for fast forward mode
6 Automatic preview for fast reverse mode
7 Motor is stopped
8 Motor is stopping in forward mode
9 Motor is stopping in reverse mode
10 Motor is stopping in fast forward mode
11 Motor is stopping in fast reverse mode
12 Motor is starting in forward mode
13 Motor running forward
14 Motor is starting in reverse mode
15 Motor is running in reverse mode
16 Motor is starting in fast forward mode
17 Motor is running in forward mode
18 Motor is starting in fast reverse mode
19 Motor is running in fast reverse mode
20 No influence on the local command inputs
21 Error on stopping the motor
22 Error in forward mode
23 Error in reverse mode
24 Error in fast forward mode
25 Error in fast reverse mode
26 Show padlocks in block icon
27 "Protect" button activated
28...30 Reserved
31 MS_RelOp
Description of the blocks
4.7 MMRevDhl motor block
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 187
Status3
Table 4- 97 Status3 – MMRevDhl
Status3
bit
Description
0 Effective signal 1 of the message block interconnected via
EventTsIn
1 Effective signal 2 of the message block interconnected via
EventTsIn
2 Effective signal 3 of the message block interconnected via
EventTsIn
3 Effective signal 4 of the message block interconnected via
EventTsIn
4 Effective signal 5 of the message block interconnected via
EventTsIn
5 Effective signal 6 of the message block interconnected via
EventTsIn
6 Effective signal 7 of the message block interconnected via
EventTsIn
7 Effective signal 8 of the message block interconnected via
EventTsIn
8 Indication of motor protection (Trip.Status ≠ 16#FF)
9 1 = Input parameter
FbkFwd
is connected
10 1 = Input parameter
FbkRev
is connected
11 1 = Input parameter
FbkFFwd
is connected
12 1 = Input parameter
FbkFRev
is connected
13 SimLiOp.Value
14 1 = Enable rapid stop
15 Rapid stop command
16 Start motor forward command
17 Start motor in reverse command
18 Start motor fast forward command
19 Start motor in fast reverse command
20 GrpErr.Value
21 RdyToStart.Value
22 Auxiliary value 1 visible
23 Auxiliary value 2 visible
24...31 Not used
Description of the blocks
4.7 MMRevDhl motor block
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
188 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
4.7.23
Faceplate views
4.7.23.1
MMRevDhl - Standard
Standard view
①
Buttons
• for switching between modes
(AutoModOp, ManModOp, LocalOp, OosOp)
• for starting and stopping the motor
(FwdMan, FFwdMan, RevMan, FRevMan, StopMan)
• for resetting the trip (TrpRstOp)
The buttons open the expanded command area;
authorization level 5 and higher
②
Interlocks and Bypass conditions
• Status of enable (Permit, Perm_En)
• Protection (Protect, Prot_En)
• Interlocking (IntLock, Intl_En)
③
Analog user-defined auxiliary values (UserAna1)
④
Button for switching to the standard view of a faceplate.
Display is only visible when the corresponding block input is connected.
⑤
Status display of the block, e.g. monitoring, maintenance, errors.
⑥
Automatic preview
The display is only visible in "manual mode," in "local mode," or with a reset request in "auto-
matic mode," when the current output signals are not identical to the control in "automatic
mode."
The display shows what state the motor would enter if you switched from "manual" or "local"
mode to "automatic mode," or performed a reset to "automatic mode."
⑦
Motor status (see table)
Description of the blocks
4.7 MMRevDhl motor block
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 189
Icons for motor status ⑦
Status
Symbol
Status
Symbol
Motor running forward
Motor running in re-
verse
Motor running fast
forward
Motor running in fast
reverse
Motor fault
Motor stops
See also
Interlocking (Page 177)
Description of the blocks
4.7 MMRevDhl motor block
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
190 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
4.7.23.2
MMRevDhl - Maintenance
Maintenance view
①
Monitoring
Control and runtime in seconds, monitoring time (MonTiDynamic, MonTiStatic)
Activation of monitoring (Monitor)
opens the expanded command area; authorization level 6 and higher
②
Service
Activation of simulation (SimOn)
Maintenance enable (MS_RelOp)
The buttons open the expanded command area;
authorization level 7 and higher
③
Button on faceplate MMMeas; visible if the input parameter SelMeas is logically combined with an output param-
eter of MMMeas
④
Button on faceplate MMStat; visible if the input parameter SelStat is logically combined with an output parame-
ter of MMStat
⑤
Operator control enable
• The operator may execute the command.
• The operator cannot execute the command because the command is currently blocked by a process.
• The operator is not permitted to execute the command (OS_Perm).
The displays are dependent on the bit values in the OS_PermOut and OS_PermLog parameters.
See also
Monitoring functions (Page 175)
Description of the blocks
4.7 MMRevDhl motor block
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 191
4.7.23.3
MMRevDhl - Preview
Preview view
With the MMRevDhl block, the preview view shows the operator permissions and the current
control signals.
①
"Automatic" display
If the block is in "Automatic" mode, the current status of the block will be displayed (e.g.
"Start <<")
Description of the blocks
4.7 MMRevDhl motor block
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
192 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
②
Operator control enable
• The operator may execute the command.
• The operator cannot execute the command because the command is currently blocked
by a process.
• The operator is not permitted to execute the command.
The displays are dependent on the bit values in the OS_PermOut and OS_PermLog parame-
ters.
③
Displays the current control signals
Enable
*
0 = No OS activation enable for starting the motor
1 = Enable for starting / stopping from neutral position
Protection
*
0 = Protection interlock is active; if the interlock condition disappears, you must perform a
reset for the block
1 = Protection interlock is not active
Interlock
*
0 = Interlocking without reset is active; you may operate the block without reset once the
interlocking condition is cleared
1 = Interlock is not active
Local
: 1 = Block operating in Local mode
Motor protection
: 1 = Motor is in "good" state
Interlock deactivated
0 = Bypassing deactivated
1 = Bypassing of the interlock in Local mode and during simulation
Inputs and outputs
Local stop: 1 = Stop motor in Local mode
Start Local →: 1 = Start motor in Local mode
Start Local →→: 1 = Start motor in fast forward in Local mode
Start Local ←: 1 = Start motor in Local mode
Start Local ←←: 1 = Start motor in fast reverse in Local mode
Feedback →: 1 = Motor has started and is running forward
Feedback →→: 1 = Motor has started and is running fast forward
Feedback ←: 1 = Motor has started and is running in reverse
Feedback ←←: 1 = Motor has started and is running in fast reverse
Stop: 1 = Stop motor
Start →: 1 = Start motor forward
Start →→: 1 = Start motor fast forward
Start ←: 1 = Start motor in reverse
Start ←←: 1 = Start motor in fast reverse
④
Button for switching to the standard view of a faceplate.
*
Display is only visible when the corresponding block input is connected.
See also
Preview view (Page 58)
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 193
Maintenance Station
5
5.1
Maintenance Station
The SIMOCODE pro Library PCS 7 V8.0+SP3 supports the function of the Maintenance
Station, via GSD, via PDM object, and via OM SIMOCODE pro.
SIMOCODE pro PROFIBUS – Maintenance Station
Display
Remark
Message
Caused by
Unknown/untested - PLC in Standby
Trip Device [Subnet No.]/[Address]:
Bad, maintenance alarm
Tripping *)
• General Fault
• Controller Fault
• Protection has tripped
• Level monitoring low/high
• Miscellaneous
Failure Device [Subnet No.]/[Address]:
Failure
Failure of PROFIBUS connection
or Rack Fault or Module Fault
Warning Device [Subnet No.]/[Address]:
Uncertain, maintenance de-
manded
Warnings *)
• Protection has tripped
• Level monitoring low/high
• Miscellaneous
Signaling Device [Subnet No.]/[Address]:
Good, maintenance required
Status signaling *)
• Signaling by controller
• Protection has tripped
• Signaling caused by parameter-
ization
Good - -
Message is locked -
*) Please find the detailed information on Signaling, Warning and Tripping described for
Dataset DS 92 – Device diagnostic in system manual of SIMOCODE pro PROFIBUS.
Maintenance Station
5.1 Maintenance Station
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
194 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
SIMOCODE pro PROFINET – Maintenance Station
Display
Remark
Message
Caused by
Unknown/untested - PLC in Standby
Trip Device [Subnet No.]/[Device No.]:
Bad, maintenance alarm
Tripping *)
• General Fault
• Controller Fault
• Protection has tripped
• Level monitoring low/high
• Miscellaneous
• Protection extended (TM2) has
tripped
• Level monitoring extended (AM2)
low/high
• Miscellaneous extended (AM2)
• Event – DM-FP F-Prm error
Failure Device [Subnet No.]/[Device No.]:
Failure
Failure of PROFINET connection or
Rack Fault or Module Fault
Warning Device [Subnet No.]/[Device No.]:
Uncertain, maintenance demanded
Warnings *)
• Protection has tripped
• Level monitoring low/high
• Miscellaneous
• Protection extended (TM2) has
tripped
• Level monitoring extended (AM2)
low/high
• Miscellaneous extended (AM2)
Signaling Device [Subnet No.]/[Device No.]:
Good, maintenance required
Status signaling *)
• Signaling by controller
• Protection has tripped
• Signaling caused by parameteri-
zation
Good - -
Message is locked - -
*) Please find detailed information on Signaling, Warning and Tripping described for Dataset
DS 92 – Device diagnostic in system manual of SIMOCODE pro PROFINET.
Maintenance Station
5.1 Maintenance Station
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 195
Messages
Messages for an incoming Signaling, Warning and Tripping event can be found using:
Tool
Dialog/Alarm logging
For WinCC Alarm logging
or
at the faceplates diagnosis view of the device
For PDM-Menu Device > Faults/ Warnings/ Status Information - You will find
following tabs according to the event:
• Faults
• Warnings
• Status Information
For SIMOCODE ES-Menu Target System > Faults/ Warnings/ Status Information - You
will find following tabs according to the event:
• Faults
• Warnings
• Status Information
Further status information according to control and protection can be found:
Tool
Dialog
For PDM-Menu Device > Control/ Status Information - Following group box-
es will display status information:
• Control
• Protection
For SIMOCODE ES-Menu Target System > Control/ Status Information - Following
group boxes will display status information:
• Control
• Protection
Maintenance Station
5.1 Maintenance Station
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
196 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
Correlation Maintenance Status and Maintenance Job
The following table provides an overview:
Meaning
Maintenance job
Status maintenance job
Maintenance required has been re-
quested, maintenance engineer has not
yet created a maintenance job
Maintenance demanded has been
requested, maintenance engineer has
not yet created a maintenance job
Maintenance alarm has been request-
ed,
maintenance engineer has not yet
created a maintenance job
Maintenance required has been re-
quested,
maintenance job was set to status "In
progress"
Maintenance demanded has been
requested,
maintenance job was set to status "In
progress"
Maintenance alarm has been request-
ed
Maintenance job was set to status "In
progress"
Maintenance job canceled
Maintenance engineer has canceled
the maintenance job
Maintenance status see table above
Maintenance job completed Maintenance status see table above
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 197
Parameter
A
A.1
MMDiag block parameter
Input parameters
Table A- 1 Input parameter MMDiag
Parameter
Data format
Default setting
Meaning
En_Diag BOOL TRUE 1 = Enable reading of diagnostic data
Mode DWORD 16#00 OMODE Information from the block MOD_SWT
DAddr INT 0 Diagnostics address of SIMOCODE
DPA_Link BOOL FALSE Device connection:
0= DP-MASTER, 1 = DP-LINK
Subn_Typ BOOL FALSE 1 = External DP interface
Sl_Typ BOOL FALSE 0 = PROFIBUS, 1 = PROFINET
Subn1_ID BYTE 16#FF ID of the primary subnet
Subn2_ID BYTE 16#FF ID of the redundant subnet
Rack_No INT 0 Rack number
Slot_No INT 0 Slot address of the module
SubSlot_No INT 0 Channel address of signal module
SubAddr INT 0 Subaddress
LAddr WORD 16#0000 Logical address of the starter
RackF BOOL FALSE 1 = Information on rack fault from OB_DIAG1 / OB_DIAG1_PN
block
Subn1Err BOOL FALSE 1 = Failure slave 1
Subn2Err BOOL FALSE 1 = Failure slave 2
Cst STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Test (CST)
RunUpCyc INT 3 Number of cycles in which all messages are suppressed
MsgEvId1 DWORD 16#FF Message event ID
AccId BOOL TRUE 1 = Accept new operating mode settings
ExtMsg1 STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
External message 1
ExtMsg2 STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
External message 2
Parameter
A.1 MMDiag block parameter
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
198 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
Parameter
Data format
Default setting
Meaning
ExtMsg3 STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
External message 3
ExtVa105 ANY – External value 5
ExtVa106 ANY – External value 6
ExtVa107 ANY – External value 7
ExtVa108 ANY – External value 8
ExtVa109 ANY – External value 9
ExtVa110 ANY – External value 10
Output parameters
Table A- 2 Output parameter MMDiag
Parameter
Data format
Default setting
Meaning
GrpErr STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = General fault
RackF_Act STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Rack fault
ModF_Act STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Module fault
Rack1Err STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Error in the primary DP slave system
Rack2Err STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Error in the redundant DP slave system
BusFlt BOOL FALSE 1 = PROFIBUS Connection to DP slave lost
RdEn BOOL FALSE 1 = Enable reading of data record
RdErr STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Error reading data record
RdErrStat WORD 16#00 Status of read data record error
PA_Diag DWORD 16#00 Diagnostic information for maintenance
Slv_Typ BOOL FALSE 0 = PROFIBUS, 1 = PROFINET
Parameter
A.2 Structure of UDTs for MMDiag
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 199
Parameter
Data format
Default setting
Meaning
Diag_Sts SMCSTATUS
(Page 200)
Diagnostic information status
Diag_Evt SMCEVNT
(Page 201)
Diagnostic information event
Diag_Wrn SMCWRNG
(Page 203)
Diagnostic information warning
Diag_Trp SMCTRP
(Page 205)
Diagnostic information trip
ST_Worst BYTE 16#80 Worst Signal Status
OMode DWORD 16#00 Status MODE
ErrorNum INT -1 Output of current error number
MsgErr1 BOOL FALSE Output error 1 (output ERROR of first ALARM_8P)
MsgStat1 WORD 16#00 Output status 1 (output ERROR of first ALARM_8P)
MsgAckn1 WORD 16#00 Message acknowledgment status 1 (output STATUS of first
ALARM_8P)
Structure of OMODE
Table A- 3 Structure of OMODE – MMDiag
Byte
Value
Meaning
Byte 3 16#80:
16#40:
16#20:
Valid data
Invalid data
Redundancy error
Irrelevant
Byte 2 16#01: Warm restart (OB100) –
Byte 1; 0 16#0000 – Irrelevant
A.2
Structure of UDTs for MMDiag
UDTs for diagnostics information
The following diagnostics information is available for SIMOCODE pro PROFIBUS and
PROFINET devices:
● SMCSTATUS – Status, output via the DiagSts parameter output
● SMCEVNT – event, output via the Diag_Evt parameter output
● SMCWRNG – warning, output via the Diag_Wrn parameter output
● SMCTRP – trip, output via the Diag_Trp parameter output
SMCSTATUS, SMCEVNT, SMCWRNG, and SMCTRP are structured parameters for diagnostic information.
They are composed of a number of elements.
Parameter
A.2 Structure of UDTs for MMDiag
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
200 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
SMCSTATUS – status
Table A- 4 Status diagnostics information for SIMOCODE pro devices
Element
Data format
Meaning
GRPERR BOOL General fault
GRPWRNG BOOL General warning
DEVSTS BOOL Device OK
BUSSTS BOOL Bus OK
PLCSTS BOOL PLC/PCS OK
IMSTS BOOL Motor current flowing
FREVON BOOL On <<
SREVON BOOL On <
CONTACTOFF BOOL Off
SFWDON BOOL On >
FFWDON BOOL On >>
STARTACT BOOL Start active
INTLTMACT BOOL Interlocking time active
CHGOVRIDLACT BOOL Change-over pause active
OPNDIR BOOL Positioner runs in open direction
CLSDIR BOOL Positioner runs in close direction
FBKCLS BOOL Feedback closed (FC)
FBKOPN BOOL Feedback opened (FO)
TRQCLS BOOL Torque closed (TC)
TRQOPN BOOL Torque opened (TO)
COLDSTRT BOOL Test position feedback (TPF)
OPRPROTOFF BOOL Operational protection off (OPO)
REMOTE BOOL Remote mode
EMSTRTACT BOOL Emergency start executed
CLDNTMACT BOOL Cooling down period active
IDLTMACT BOOL Pause time active
DEVCHKACT BOOL Device check active
UMPHS123 BOOL Phase sequence 1-2-3
UMPHS321 BOOL Phase sequence 3-2-1
DMFCKT BOOL DM-F enabling circuit closed
Parameter
A.2 Structure of UDTs for MMDiag
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 201
SMCEVNT – event
Table A- 5 Event diagnostics information for SIMOCODE pro devices
Element
Data format
Meaning
IMUMOVLOPRN BOOL Pre-Warning overloaded
IMUMUNBAL BOOL Unbalance
IMUMOVL BOOL Overload
OVLPHSFAIL BOOL Overload and loss of phase
INTGNDFLT BOOL Internal earth fault
EXTGNDFLT BOOL External earth fault
WRNGNDFLT BOOL Warning external earth fault
THRMOVL BOOL Thermistor trip level
THRMSHRT BOOL Thermistor short circuit
THRMOPN BOOL Thermistor open circuit
TMPWRNHI BOOL TM1 warning level T >
TMPTRPHI BOOL TM1 trip level T >
TMSNRERR BOOL TM1 sensor fault
TMOUTRNG BOOL TM1 out of range
CURWRNHI BOOL Warning level I >
CURWRNLO BOOL Warning level I <
PWRWRNHI BOOL Warning level P >
PWRWRNLO BOOL Warning level P <
COSPHIWRNLO BOOL Warning level Cos-Phi <
VOLWRNLO BOOL Warning level U <
WRN4TO20HI BOOL AM1 warning level 0/4-20mA >
WRN4TO20LO BOOL AM1 warning level 0/4-20mA <
CURTRPHI BOOL Trip level I >
CURTRPLO BOOL Trip level I <
PWRTRPHI BOOL Trip level P >
PWRTRPLO BOOL Trip level P <
COSPHITRPLO BOOL Trip level Cos-Phi <
VOLTRPLO BOOL Trip level U <
TRP4TO20HI BOOL AM1 trip level 0/4 - 20 mA>
TRP4TO20LO BOOL AM1 trip level 0/4 - 20 mA<
STALROT BOOL Stalled rotor
NOSTRTPOS BOOL No start possible
NOSTRTHI BOOL Number of starts >
ONESTRT BOOL Just one start possible
MOTOPHHI BOOL Motor operating hours >
MOTSTPTMHI BOOL Motor stop time >
Limit1 BOOL Limit monitor 1
Limit 2 BOOL Limit monitor 2
Limit 3 BOOL Limit monitor 3
Parameter
A.2 Structure of UDTs for MMDiag
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
202 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
Element
Data format
Meaning
Limit 4 BOOL Limit monitor 4
EXTERR1 BOOL External fault 1
EXTERR2 BOOL External fault 2
EXTERR3 BOOL External fault 3
EXTERR4 BOOL External fault 4
EXTERR5 BOOL External fault 5
EXTERR6 BOOL External fault 6
AMOPNCKT BOOL AM1 open circuit
DMFSAFETRP BOOL DM-F safety-oriented tripping
DMFTSTREQ BOOL DM-F monitoring interval for mandatory testing -
test required
TMSTMPOK BOOL Timestamping function active + OK
DMFSAFEOK BOOL DM-FL safety OK
DMFPROFSFACT BOOL DM-F PROFIsafe active
CFGOPMIS BOOL Configured operator panel missing
MODNTSUP BOOL Module not supported
BUNOMODVOL BOOL No module voltage BU2
MEMMODRDIN BOOL Memory module read in
MEMMODPRG BOOL Memory module programmed
MEMMODERS BOOL Memory module erased
ADDRPLGRDIN BOOL Addressing plug read in
STRTUPBLKACT BOOL Parameter blocking during start-up active
PARCHGNTPOS BOOL Parameter changes not allowed in the current op-
erating state
DEVFNCNTSUP BOOL Device does not support the required functions
PARAERR BOOL Wrong parameter
PWDERR BOOL Wrong password
PWDPROTACT BOOL Password protection active
FACTSET BOOL Factory settings
PARAACT BOOL Parameterization active
PRMERRNUM BYTE Prm error number (Bytes)
DMFLCNFMOD BOOL DM-FL configuration mode
DMFLCNFGDEV BOOL DM-FL actual configuration and desired configura-
tion different
DMFLWAIT BOOL DM-FL waiting for start-up test
DMFPRMERR BOOL DM-F incorrect PROFIsafe address or incorrect
PROFIsafe parameter
EMOPNCKT BOOL EM open circuit
EMSHRTCKT BOOL EM short circuit
Parameter
A.2 Structure of UDTs for MMDiag
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 203
Table A- 6 Event diagnostics information for SIMOCODE pro PROFINET devices
Element
Data format
Meaning
NTPCLKSET BOOL NTP clock set
NTPCLKSYNC BOOL NTP clock synchronized
INIMODRD BOOL Initialization module read in
INIMODPROG BOOL Initialization module programmed
INIMODDEL BOOL Initialization module erased
INIMODPROT BOOL Initialization module write-protected, parameter
changes not allowed
MEMMODPROT BOOL Memory module write-protected
INIMODWRPROT BOOL Initialization module write-protected
INIMODIDPROT BOOL Initialization module identification data write-
protected
TM2WRNHI BOOL TM2 warning level T>
TM2TRPHI BOOL TM2 trip level T>
TM2SNRERR BOOL TM2 sensor fault
TM2OUTRNG BOOL TM2 out of range
AM2WRNGHI BOOL AM2 warning level 0/4–20 mA>
AM2WRNGLO BOOL AM2 warning level 0/4–20 mA<
AM2TRPHI BOOL AM2 trip level 0/4–20 mA>
AM2TRPLO BOOL AM2 trip level 0/4–20 mA<
LIMIT5 BOOL Limit Monitor 5
LIMIT6 BOOL Limit Monitor 6
AM2OPNCKT BOOL AM2 open circuit
SMCWRNG – warning
Table A- 7 Warning diagnostics information for SIMOCODE pro devices
Element
Data format
Meaning
IMUMOVLOPRN BOOL Pre-warning overloaded
IMUMUNBAL BOOL Unbalance
IMUMOVL BOOL Overload
OVLPHSFAIL BOOL Overload and loss of phase
INTGNDFLT BOOL Internal earth fault
EXTGNDFLT BOOL External earth fault
THRMOVL BOOL Thermistor trip level
THRMSHRT BOOL Thermistor short circuit
THRMOPN BOOL Thermistor open circuit
TMPWRNHI BOOL TM1 level T >
TMSNRERR BOOL TM1 sensor fault
TMOUTRNG BOOL TM1 out of range
CURWRNHI BOOL Level I >
Parameter
A.2 Structure of UDTs for MMDiag
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
204 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
Element
Data format
Meaning
CURWRNLO BOOL Level I <
PWRWRNHI BOOL Level P >
PWRWRNLO BOOL Level P <
COSPHIWRNLO BOOL Level Cos-Phi <
VOLWRNLO BOOL Level U <
WRN4TO20HI BOOL AM1 level 0/4-20mA >
WRN4TO20LO BOOL AM1 level 0/4-20mA <
STALROT BOOL Stalled rotor
NOSTRTPOS BOOL No start possible
NOSTRTHI BOOL Number of starts >
ONESTRT BOOL Just one start possible
MOTOPHHI BOOL Motor operating hours >
MOTSTPTMHI BOOL Motor stop time >
EXTFAULT1 BOOL External fault 1
EXTFAULT2 BOOL External fault 2
EXTFAULT3 BOOL External fault 3
EXTFAULT4 BOOL External fault 4
EXTFAULT5 BOOL External fault 5
EXTFAULT6 BOOL External fault 6
AMOPNCKT BOOL AM1 open circuit
DMFSAFETRP BOOL DM-F safety-oriented tripping
DMFTSTREQ BOOL DM-F monitoring interval for mandatory testing - test
required
DMFLFBKCKT BOOL DM-F feedback circuit
DMFLSIM BOOL DM-FL simultaneity
EMOPNCKT BOOL EM open circuit
EMSHRTCKT BOOL EM short circuit
Table A- 8 Warning diagnostics information for SIMOCODE pro PROFINET devices
Element
Data format
Meaning
TM2WRNHI BOOL TM2 level T >
TM2SNRERR BOOL TM2 sensor fault
TM2OUTRNG BOOL TM2 out of range
AM24TO20HI BOOL AM2 level 0/4-20mA >
AM24TO20LO BOOL AM2 level 0/4-20mA <
AM2OPNCKT BOOL AM2 open circuit
Parameter
A.2 Structure of UDTs for MMDiag
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 205
SMCTRP – trip
Table A- 9 SMCTRP – trip diagnostics information for SIMOCODE pro devices
Element
Data format
Meaning
HWBUFLT BOOL Hardware fault basic unit
MODFLT BOOL Module fault
TMPCOMP BOOL Temporary components
CNFGFLT BOOL Configuration fault
BUPARAM BOOL Parameterization
BUBUS BOOL Bus
BUPLC BOOL PLC/DCS
CFRTON BOOL Execution on-command
CFSTPCMD BOOL Execution stop-command
CFFBON BOOL Feedback On
CFFBOFF BOOL Feedback Off
CFSTAL BOOL Stalled positioner
CFDBL0 BOOL Double 0
CFDBL1 BOOL Double 1
CFENDPOS BOOL End position
CFANTIVAL BOOL Antivalence
BUTPFFLT BOOL Test position feedback (TPF)
UVOERR BOOL Power failure (UVO)
OPOERR BOOL Operational protection Off (OPO)
IMUMUNBAL BOOL Unbalance
IMUMOVL BOOL Overload
OVLPHSFAIL BOOL Overload and loss of phase
INTGNDFLT BOOL Internal earth fault
EXTGNDFLT BOOL External earth fault
THRMOVL BOOL Thermistor trip level
THRMSHRT BOOL Thermistor short circuit
THRMOPN BOOL Thermistor open circuit
TMPTRPHI BOOL TM1 level T >
TMSNSERR BOOL TM1 sensor fault
TMABVRAN BOOL TM1 out of range
CURTRPHI BOOL Level I >
CURTRPLO BOOL Level I <
PWRTRPHI BOOL Level P >
PWRTRPLO BOOL Level P <
COSPHITRPLO BOOL Level Cos-Phi <
VOLTRPLO BOOL Level U <
TRP4TO20HI BOOL AM1 Level 0/4-20mA >
TRP4TO20LO BOOL AM1 Level 0/4-20mA <
STLRTR BOOL Stalled rotor
Parameter
A.2 Structure of UDTs for MMDiag
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
206 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
Element
Data format
Meaning
NOSTRTHI BOOL Number of Starts >
EXTERR1 BOOL External fault 1
EXTERR2 BOOL External fault 2
EXTERR3 BOOL External fault 3
EXTERR4 BOOL External fault 4
EXTERR5 BOOL External fault 5
EXTERR6 BOOL External fault 6
AMOPNCKT BOOL AM1 open circuit
TSTTRP BOOL Test shutdown
DMFSAFETRP BOOL DM-F safety-oriented tripping
DMFWIR BOOL DM-F wiring
DMFLCRSCKT BOOL DM-FL cross circuit
EMOPNCKT BOOL EM open circuit
EMSHRTCKT BOOL EM short circuit
Table A- 10 SMCTRP – trip diagnostics information for SIMOCODE pro PROFINET devices
Element
Data format
Meaning
TM2TRPHI BOOL TM2 level T >
TM2SNSERR BOOL TM2 sensor fault
TM2ABVRAN BOOL TM2 out of range
AM24TO20HI BOOL AM2 level 0/4-20mA >
AM24TO20LO BOOL AM2 level 0/4-20mA <
AM2OPNCKT BOOL AM2 open circuit
Parameter
A.3 Block parameter MMOprtn
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 207
A.3
Block parameter MMOprtn
Input parameters
Table A- 11 Input parameter MMOprtn
Parameter
Data format
Default setting
Meaning
Mode DWORD 16#8000FFFF
OMODE
information of MOD_SWT
RackF STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Rack fault, information from MMDiag block
ModF STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Module fault, information from MMDiag block
Slv_Typ BOOL FALSE 0 = PROFIBUS, 1 = PROFINET
DAddr INT 0 Diagnostics address of SIMOCODE
LAddr INT 0 Logical address of SIMOCODE
RdWrEn BOOL TRUE 1 = Enable read/write of data record
RdDataLi STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Read data record via interconnection
RdDataOp BOOL FALSE 1 = Read data from data record
ModLiOp STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
Changing modes between:
0 = Operator
1 = Interconnection
AutModOp BOOL FALSE 1 = AUTO mode via operator
ManModOp BOOL TRUE 1 = MANUAL mode via OS operator
AutModLi STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = AUTO mode via interconnection
ManModLi STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = MANUAL mode via interconnection
Diag_Sts SMCSTATUS – SIMOCODE status – diagnostics information from
MMDiag
Diag_Evt SMCSTATUS – SIMOCODE event – diagnostics information from
MMDiag
Diag_Wrn SMCSTATUS – SIMOCODE warning – diagnostics information from
MMDiag
Diag_Trp SMCSTATUS – SIMOCODE trip – diagnostics information from
MMDiag
PZDIn01 WORD 16#00 Value of process image input DP 0.0–1.7
Parameter
A.3 Block parameter MMOprtn
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
208 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
Parameter
Data format
Default setting
Meaning
PZDIn23 WORD 16#00 Value of process image input DP 2.0–3.7
PZDOut01 WORD 16#00 Process image output of
FbSwtMMS
EmrgStMan BOOL FALSE 1 = Activate emergency start in MANUAL mode
CstMan BOOL FALSE 1 = Activate self-test in MANUAL mode
CstAut STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Activate self-test in AUTO mode
EmrgStAut STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Activate emergency start in AUTO mode
TrpRstLi STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Activate trip reset in AUTO mode
TrpRstOp BOOL FALSE 1 = Activate trip reset in MANUAL mode
RdyToRst STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
Ready to reset active
OosOp BOOL FALSE 1 = Out of service, via OS operator
OosLi STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Out of service, via interconnection or SFC (0-1
edge)
SampleTime REAL 0.1 Sampling time in seconds [s]
MsgLock STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
Suppress process message
RunUpCyc INT 3 Number of cycles in which all messages are sup-
pressed
Curr_OpScale STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 1020.0
• 0.0
Current – bar of limit value display
MsgEvId1 DWORD 16#FF Message number 1 (assigned automatically)
MsgEvId2 DWORD 16#FF Message number 2 (assigned automatically)
CSF STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = External error (control system error)
Curr_TH INT 0 Trip level high 0…1020%
Curr_WH INT 0 Warning level high 0…1020%
Curr_TL INT 0 Trip level low 0…1020%
Curr_WL INT 0 Warning level low 0…1020%
Parameter
A.3 Block parameter MMOprtn
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 209
Parameter
Data format
Default setting
Meaning
LmtHyst INT 5 Limit value monitoring – Hysteresis for current limit
monitoring 0…15
BatchEn BOOL FALSE 1 = Enable status
Enabling the block for operation via SIMATIC
BATCH
BatchID DWORD 16#00 Current batch number
BatchName STRING – Current batch name
StepNo DWORD 16#00 Batch step number
Occupied BOOL FALSE 1 = Occupied by batch control
ExtMsg1 STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
External message 1
ExtMsg2 STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
External message 2
ExtMsg3 STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
External message 3
ExtMsg4 STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
External message 4
ExtMsg5 STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
External message 5
ExtMsg6 STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
External message 6
ExtMsg7 STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
External message 7
ExtMsg8 STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
External message 8
ExtVa101 ANY – External value 1
ExtVa102 ANY – External value 2
ExtVa103 ANY – External value 3
ExtVa104 ANY – External value 4
ExtVa105 ANY – External value 5
ExtVa106 ANY – External value 6
ExtVa107 ANY – External value 7
Parameter
A.3 Block parameter MMOprtn
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
210 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
Parameter
Data format
Default setting
Meaning
ExtVa108 ANY – External value 8
ExtVa109 ANY – External value 9
ExtVa110 ANY – External value 10
ExtVa206 ANY – External value 6 (MsgEvID2)
ExtVa207 ANY – External value 7 (MsgEvID2)
ExtVa208 ANY – External value 8 (MsgEvID2)
SelFp1 ANY – Call a block saved in this parameter as an addi-
tional faceplate in standard view
SelFp2 ANY – Call a block saved in this parameter as an addi-
tional faceplate in standard view
OS_Perm STRUCT
• Bit 0: BOOL
• ...
• Bit 31: BOOL
–
• 1
• 1
• 1
Operator permissions
Feature STRUCT
• Bit 0: BOOL
• ...
• Bit 31: BOOL
–
• 0
• 0
• 0
I/O for additional functions
OpSt_In DWORD 16#00 Input parameters for local operator authorization to
be interconnected with the output parameter Out of
the OpStations block connected upstream
Output parameters
Table A- 12 Output parameter MMOprtn
Parameter
Data format
Default setting
Meaning
RackF_Act STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Rack fault
ModF_Act STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Module fault
RdErr STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Error reading data record
WrErr STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Error writing data record
RdErrStat WORD 16#00 Status of read data record error
WrErrStat WORD 16#00 Status of error writing data record
Parameter
A.3 Block parameter MMOprtn
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 211
Parameter
Data format
Default setting
Meaning
RdWrAct STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Operator permission Read/write data record
AM1OutRng STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
Analog module 1 – Measuring range output
AM1InRng STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
Analog module 1 – Measuring range input
AM2OutRng STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
Analog module 2 – Measuring range output
AM2InRng STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
Analog module 2 – Measuring range input
GrpErr STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = General fault is active
OutIn01 WORD 16#00 Process input
PZDIn01
OutIn23 WORD 16#00 Process input image
PZDIn23
DevFunc DWORD 16#FF SIMOCODE device functions
DiagStn DWORD 16#00 SIMOCODE pro PROFIBUS station diagnostics
DiagSts DWORD 16#00 SIMOCODE status – diagnostics information from
MMDiag
DiagEvt1 DWORD 16#00 SIMOCODE event 1 – diagnostics information from
MMDiag
DiagEvt2 DWORD 16#00 SIMOCODE event 2 – diagnostics information from
MMDiag
DiagEvt3 DWORD 16#00 SIMOCODE event 3 – diagnostics information from
MMDiag
DiagWrn1 DWORD 16#00 SIMOCODE warning 1 – diagnostics information
from MMDiag
DiagWrn2 DWORD 16#00 SIMOCODE warning 1 – diagnostics information
from MMDiag
DiagTrp1 DWORD 16#00 SIMOCODE trip 1 – diagnostics information from
MMDiag
DiagTrp2 DWORD 16#00 SIMOCODE trip 2 – diagnostics information from
MMDiag
TrpNo INT 0 Trip diagnostics number
WrngNo INT 0 Warning diagnostics number
CtrlFunc DWORD 16#00 SIMOCODE pro control function
ParErrNum BYTE 16#00 Parameter error number
Parameter
A.3 Block parameter MMOprtn
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
212 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
Parameter
Data format
Default setting
Meaning
LmtHyst INT 5 Limit value monitoring – Hysteresis for current limit
monitoring 0…15
CstOn STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Test (CST)
EmrgStOn STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Emergency start
TrpRstO STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Trip reset
LocalAct STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Local mode enable
AutAct STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Enable AUTO mode
ManAct STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Enable MANUAL mode
IntlAct STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Interlocking time active
ChgOvrAct STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Switchover pause active
GenFlt STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#00
1 = General fault
GenWarn STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#00
1 = General warning
CSFlt STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Control system fault (CSF)
CurWrnH STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Current warning high active
Parameter
A.3 Block parameter MMOprtn
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 213
Parameter
Data format
Default setting
Meaning
CurWrnL STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Current warning low active
CurTrpH STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Current trip high active
CurTrpL STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Current trip low active
TPF STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1= Test position feedback on (TPF)
PreWrnOvl STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Prewarning overload
FbkOut1 STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Feedback fast forward / reverse on / close posi-
tioner
FbkOut2 STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Feedback motor off
FbkOut3 STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Feedback forward on / motor on / open posi-
tioner
FbkOut4 STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Feedback fast reverse / open positioner
FbkOut5 STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Feedback reverse on / close positioner
OosAct STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Block is out of service
MotCurr STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
Current motor current (%)
Parameter
A.3 Block parameter MMOprtn
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
214 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
Parameter
Data format
Default setting
Meaning
MotCurrE STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
Current motor current (amps)
CtrlFunc BYTE 16#00 Control function
OS_PermOut DWORD 16#FFFFFFFF Display of
OS_Perm
OS_PermLog DWORD 16#FFFFFFFF Display of OS_Perm with settings changed by block
algorithm
OpSt_Out DWORD 16#00000000 Value of the OpSt_In input parameter for further
connection to other blocks. Bit 31 of the parameter
is assigned to feature bit 24.
ST_Worst BYTE 16#80 Worst Signal Status
Status1 DWORD 16#00000000 Status word 1
ErrorNum INT -1 Output of current error number
MsgErr1 BOOL FALSE Output error 1 (output ERROR of first ALARM_8P)
MsgStat1 WORD 16#00 Output status 1 (output ERROR of first ALARM_8P)
MsgAckn1 WORD 16#00 Message acknowledgement status 1 (STATUS
output of first ALARM_8P)
MsgErr2 BOOL FALSE Output error 2 (output ERROR of first ALARM_8P)
MsgStat2 WORD 16#00 Output status 2 (output ERROR of first ALARM_8P)
MsgAckn2 WORD 16#00 Message acknowledgement status 2 (STATUS
output of first ALARM_8P)
See also
Description of MMOprtn (Page 77)
Parameter
A.4 MMMeas block parameter
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 215
A.4
MMMeas block parameter
Input parameters
Table A- 13 MMMeas input parameter
Parameter
Data format
Default setting
Meaning
Mode DWORD 16#8000FFFF
OMODE
information from the MOD_SWT block
DAddr INT 0 Diagnostics address of SIMOCODE
LAddr INT 0 Logical address of SIMOCODE
RackF STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Rack fault
ModF STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Module fault
Slv_Typ BOOL FALSE 0 = PROFIBUS, 1 = PROFINET
BUTyp INT 1 Basic unit type 1, 2 or 3
RdEn BOOL TRUE Enable read data record
RdDataLi STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
Read data record via interconnection
RdDataOp BOOL FALSE Read data from data record
BatchEn BOOL FALSE 1 = Enable status
Enabling the block for operation via SIMATIC BATCH
BatchID DWORD 16#00 Current batch number
BatchName STRING – Current batch name
StepNo DWORD 16#00 Batch step number
Occupied BOOL FALSE 1 = Occupied by batch control
PZDIn01 WORD 16#00 Value of process image input DP 0.0–1.7
PZDIn45 WORD 16#00 Value of process image input DP 4.0–5.7 basic unit 1
PZDIn67 WORD 16#00 Value of process image input DP 6.0–7.7 basic unit 1
PZDIn89 WORD 16#00 Value of process image input DP 8.0–9.7 basic unit 1
PZDIn10 WORD 16#00 Value of process image input DP 10.0-11.7 basic unit 3
PZDIn12 WORD 16#00 Value of process image input DP 12.0-13.7 basic unit 3
PZDIn14 WORD 16#00 Value of process image input DP 14.0-15.7 basic unit 3
PZDIn16 WORD 16#00 Value of process image input DP 16.0-17.7 basic unit 3
PZDIn18 WORD 16#00 Value of process image input DP 18.0-19.7 basic unit 3
ModeIn45 INT 0
Mode
of analog input PZDIn45
ModeIn67 INT 0
Mode
of analog input PZDIn67
ModeIn89 INT 0
Mode
of analog input PZDIn89
ModeIn10 INT 0
Mode
of analog input PZDIn10
Parameter
A.4 MMMeas block parameter
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
216 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
Parameter
Data format
Default setting
Meaning
ModeIn12 INT 0
Mode
of analog input PZDIn12
ModeIn14 INT 0
Mode
of analog input PZDIn14
ModeIn16 INT 0
Mode
of analog input PZDIn16
ModeIn18 INT 0
Mode
of analog input PZDIn18
AM1OutRg STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
Analog module 1 output – range for calculation
AM1InRg STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
Analog module 1 input – range for calculation
AM2OutRg STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
Analog module 2 output – range for calculation
AM2InRg STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
Analog module 2 input – range for calculation
AMOutIn STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
Input operator for analog module 1 – output
AMOutLi STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
Input interconnection for analog module 1 – output
AM2OutIn STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
Input operator for analog module 2 – output
AM2OutLi STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
Input interconnection for analog module 2 – output
LiOp STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = interconnection; 0 = operator; input for analog output
OnOp BOOL FALSE 1 = ON mode:
ON mode by operator
OosOp BOOL FALSE 1 = Out of Service mode:
Out of Service mode by operator
OosLi STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Out of Service mode:
Out of Service mode via field signal
Parameter
A.4 MMMeas block parameter
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 217
Parameter
Data format
Default setting
Meaning
Curr_OpScale STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 1020.0
• 0.0
Current – bar of limit value display
Vol_OpScale STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 2040.0
• 0.0
Voltage – bar of limit value display
Ana_OpScale STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 118.5
• 0.0
Analog output / analog input – bar of limit value display
SampleTime REAL 0.1 Sampling time in seconds [s]
RunUpCyc INT 3 Number of cycles in which all messages are suppressed
MsgEvId1 DWORD 16#FF Message number 1
MsgLock STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
Suppress process messages
ExtMsg1 STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
External message 1
ExtMsg2 STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
External message 2
ExtMsg3 STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
External message 3
ExtMsg4 STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
External message 4
ExtMsg5 STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
External message 5
ExtMsg6 STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
External message 6
ExtMsg7 STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
External message 7
ExtMsg8 STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
External message 8
Parameter
A.4 MMMeas block parameter
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
218 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
Parameter
Data format
Default setting
Meaning
ExtVa101 ANY – External value 1
ExtVa102 ANY – External value 2
ExtVa103 ANY – External value 3
ExtVa104 ANY – External value 4
ExtVa105 ANY – External value 5
ExtVa106 ANY – External value 6
ExtVa107 ANY – External value 7
ExtVa108 ANY – External value 8
ExtVa109 ANY – External value 9
ExtVa110 ANY – External value 10
OS_Perm STRUCT
• Bit 0: BOOL
• ...
• Bit 31: BOOL
–
• 1
• 1
• 1
Operator permissions
OpSt_In DWORD – Input parameters for local operator permission to be inter-
connected with the output parameter Out of the OpStations
block connected upstream
Feature STRUCT
• Bit 0: BOOL
• ...
• Bit 31: BOOL
–
• 0
• 0
• 0
I/O for additional functions
Output parameters
Table A- 14 MMMeas output parameter
Parameter
Data format
Default setting
Meaning
RackF_Act STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Rack fault
ModF_Act STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Module fault
RdWrEn BOOL TRUE 1 = Enable read/write of data record
RdErrStat WORD 16#00 Status of read data record error
GrpErr STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Group error
RdErr STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Error reading data record
Parameter
A.4 MMMeas block parameter
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 219
Parameter
Data format
Default setting
Meaning
RdAct BOOL FALSE 1 = Enable reading of data record
LocalAct STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Local mode enable
OnAct STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 1
• 16#80
ON mode is active
1 = ON mode enable
OosAct STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
Out of Service mode is active.
1 = Block is out of service
PZDOut23 WORD
0 Process value for basic unit 1
PZDOut45 WORD
0 Process value for basic unit 3 (PROFINET)
ThmMotMod STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
Thermal motor model
PhaUnbal STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
Phase unbalance in %
MotCosPhi STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
Motor power factor in %
ImMax STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
Max. motor current in %le
CurrL1 STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
Phase current in IL1 in %le
CurrL2 STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
Phase current IL2 in %
CurrL3 STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
Phase current IL3 in %
TripCurr STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
Last trip current in %le
Parameter
A.4 MMMeas block parameter
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
220 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
Parameter
Data format
Default setting
Meaning
TripTime STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
Time until tripping in [s]
MotcolTm STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
Remaining motor cooling time in [s]
MotVol1 STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
Motor voltage UL1 in volts
MotVol2 STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
Motor voltage UL2 in volts
MotVol3 STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
Motor voltage UL3 in volts
AMOut STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
Analog module output
AMOutE STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
Analog module output rms in mA
AMIn1 STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
Analog module input 1
AMIn1E STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
Analog module input 1 rms in mA
AMIn2 STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
Analog module input 2
AMIn2E STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
Analog module input 2 rms in mA
AMIn3 STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
Analog module input 3
Parameter
A.4 MMMeas block parameter
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 221
Parameter
Data format
Default setting
Meaning
AMIn3E STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
Analog module input 3 rms in mA
MaxTemp STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
Max. temperature in Celsius
TMTemp1 STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
Temperature 1 in Celsius
TMTemp2 STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
Temperature 2 in Celsius
TMTemp3 STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
Temperature 3 in Celsius
EFltCurr STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
Ground fault current in mA
ETrpCurr STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
Last ground fault trip current in mA
ActPower STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
Active power in watts
AppPower STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
Apparent power in VA
OS_PermOut DWORD 16#FFFFFFFF Display of OS_Perm
OS_PermLog DWORD 16#FFFFFFFF Display of OS_Perm with settings changed by block algo-
rithm
Opst_Out DWORD 16#00 Value of the OpSt_In input parameter for further connection
to other blocks. Bit 31 of this parameter is assigned to fea-
ture bit 24
.
ST_Worst BYTE 16#80 Worst signal status
Status1 DWORD 16#00000000 Status word 1
ErrorNum INT -1 Output of current error number
MsgErr1 BOOL FALSE Message error (ERROR output of first ALARM_8P)
MsgStat1 WORD 16#00 Message status (ERROR output of first ALARM_8P)
MsgAckn1 WORD 16#00 Message acknowledgement status (STATUS output of first
ALARM_8P)
Parameter
A.4 MMMeas block parameter
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
222 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
Output parameters for SIMOCODE pro PROFINET devices
Table A- 15 MMMeas output parameter for PROFINET devices
Parameter
Data format
Default setting
Meaning
AM2Out STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
AM2 output
AM2OutE STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
AM2 output rms in mA
AM2In1 STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
AM2 input 1
AM2In1E STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
AM2 input 1 rms in mA
AM2In2 STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
AM2 input 2
AM2In2E STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
AM2 input 2 rms in mA
AM2In3 STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
AM2 input 3
AM2In3E STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
AM2 input 3 rms in mA
MaxTemp2 STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
TM2 max. temperature in Celsius
TM2Temp1 STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
AM2 temperature 1 in Celsius
Parameter
A.5 Block parameter MMStat
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 223
TM2Temp2 STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
AM2 temperature 2 in Celsius
TM2Temp3 STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
AM2 temperature 3 in Celsius
See also
Description of MMMeas (Page 128)
A.5
Block parameter MMStat
Input parameters
Table A- 16 Input parameter MMStat
Block parameters
Data format
Default setting
Meaning
Mode DWORD 16#8000FFFF OMODE information from the MOD_SWT block
DAddr INT 0 Diagnostics address of SIMOCODE
LAddr INT 0 Logical address of SIMOCODE
RackF STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Rack fault, information from MMDiag block
ModF STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Module fault, information from MMDiag block
Slv_Typ BOOL FALSE 0 = PROFIBUS, 1 = PROFINET
RdWrEn BOOL TRUE Read data record via interconnection
RdDataLi STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
Input 0→1 (edge change):
Read data record via interconnection or SFC
RdDataOp BOOL FALSE 1 = Read data from data record
BatchEn BOOL FALSE 1 = Enable status, enabling the block for operation via
SIMATIC BATCH
BatchID DWORD 16#00 Current batch number
BatchName STRING – Current batch name
StepNo DWORD 16#00 Batch step number
Occupied BOOL FALSE 1 = Occupied by batch control
PZDIn01 WORD 16#00 Value of process image input DP 0.0–1.7
Parameter
A.5 Block parameter MMStat
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
224 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
Block parameters
Data format
Default setting
Meaning
RstEnrgy BOOL FALSE Reset energy consumption
OnOp BOOL FALSE 1 = ON mode:
ON mode by operator
OosOp BOOL FALSE 1 = Oos mode:
Oos mode by operator
OosLi STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Oos mode:
Oos mode via field signal
SampleTime REAL 0.1 Sampling time in seconds [s]
RunUpCyc INT 3 Number of cycles in which all messages are sup-
pressed
MsgEvId1 DWORD 16#FF Message event ID 1
MsgLock STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
Suppress messages
ExtMsg1 STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
External message 1
ExtMsg2 STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
External message 2
ExtMsg3 STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
External message 3
ExtMsg4 STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
External message 4
ExtMsg5 STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
External message 5
ExtMsg6 STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
External message 6
ExtMsg7 STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
External message 7
ExtMsg8 STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
External message 8
ExtVa101 ANY – Auxiliary value 1
Parameter
A.5 Block parameter MMStat
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 225
Block parameters
Data format
Default setting
Meaning
ExtVa102 ANY – Auxiliary value 2
ExtVa103 ANY – Auxiliary value 3
ExtVa104 ANY – Auxiliary value 4
ExtVa105 ANY – Auxiliary value 5
ExtVa106 ANY – Auxiliary value 6
ExtVa107 ANY – Auxiliary value 7
ExtVa108 ANY – Auxiliary value 8
ExtVa109 ANY – Auxiliary value 9
ExtVa110 ANY – Auxiliary value 10
OS_Perm STRUCT
• Bit 0: BOOL
• ...
• Bit 31: BOOL
–
• 1
• 1
• 1
Operator permissions
OpSt_In DWORD – ReleaseOperator Station (OS)
Feature STRUCT
• Bit 0: BOOL
• ...
• Bit 31: BOOL
–
• 0
• 0
• 0
I/O for additional functions
Parameter
A.5 Block parameter MMStat
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
226 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
Output parameters
Table A- 17 Output parameter MMStat
Parameter
Data format
Default setting
Meaning
RackF_Act STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Rack fault
ModF_Act STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Module fault
GrpErr STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = General fault is active
RdErr BOOL FALSE 1 = Error reading data record
WrErr BOOL FALSE 1 = Error writing data record
RdErrStat WORD 16#00 Status of read data record error
WrErrStat WORD 16#00 Status of error writing data record
RdWrAct BOOL FALSE 1 = Enable read/write of data record
LocalAct STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = "Local" mode enable
OnAct STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = "ON" mode enable
OosAct STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Block is "Out of service"
P_StrtAct STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
Permissible starts – actual value
TmTstReq STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
Time until test required
N_Param STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
Number of parameterization
N_OvlTrp STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
Number of overload trips
Parameter
A.5 Block parameter MMStat
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 227
Parameter
Data format
Default setting
Meaning
N_IntOvlTrp STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
Number of internal Overload trips
M_StpTm STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
Motor stop time
Tmr1Act STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
Timer 1 – Actual value in seconds
Tmr2Act STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
Timer 2 – Actual value in seconds
Tmr3Act STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
Timer 3 – Actual value in seconds
Tmr4Act STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
Timer 4 – Actual value in seconds
Cnt1Act STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
Counter 1 – actual value
Cnt2Act STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
Counter 2 – actual value
Cnt3Act STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
Counter 3 – actual value
Cnt4Act STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
Counter 4 – actual value
CalMod1Out STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
Calculation module 1 – output
CalMod2Out STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
Calculation module 2 – output
Parameter
A.5 Block parameter MMStat
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
228 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
Parameter
Data format
Default setting
Meaning
M_OpH STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
Motor operating hours
M_IntOpH STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
Internal motor operating hours
D_OpH STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
Device operating hours
N_Strt STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
Number of starts
N_IntCwStrt STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
Internal number of "clockwise" (CW) motor starts
N_IntCCwStrt STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
Internal number of "counterclockwise" (CCW) motor
starts
EngyCon STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
Energy consumption in kWh
OS_PermOut DWORD 16#FFFFFFFF Display of OS_Perm
OS_PermLog DWORD 16#FFFFFFFF Display of OS_Perm with settings changed by block
algorithm
Opst_Out DWORD 16#00 Value of the OpSt_In input parameter for further con-
nection to other blocks. Bit 31 of the parameter is
assigned to
feature bit 24
.
ST_Worst BYTE 16#80 Worst Signal Status
Status1 DWORD 16#00000000 Status word 1
ErrorNum INT -1 Output of current error number
MsgErr1 BOOL FALSE Output error 1 (output ERROR of first ALARM_8P)
MsgStat1 WORD 16#00 Output status 1 (output ERROR of first ALARM_8P)
MsgAckn1 WORD 16#00 Message acknowledgement status 1 (STATUS output
of first ALARM_8P)
Parameter
A.5 Block parameter MMStat
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 229
Output parameters for SIMOCODE pro PROFINET devices
Table A- 18 Output parameters MMStat – PROFINET devices
Parameter
Data format
Default setting
Meaning
Tmr5Act STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
Timer 5 actual value in seconds
Tmr6Act STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
Timer 6 actual value in seconds
Cnt5Act STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
Counter 5 - Actual value
Cnt6Act STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
Counter 6 - Actual value
AnaMod1Out STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
Calculation module 3 – Output
AnaMod2Out STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
Calculation module 4 – Output
AnaMulOut STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
Analog Multiplexer – Output
See also
Description of MMStat (Page 143)
Parameter
A.6 Block parameter MMTime
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
230 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
A.6
Block parameter MMTime
Input parameters
Table A- 19 Input parameter MMTime
Parameter
Data format
Default setting
Meaning
Mode DWORD 16#00 OMODE information from the MOD_SWT block
DAddr INT 0 Diagnostic address
LAddr INT 0 Logical address
Slv_Typ BOOL FALSE 0 = PROFIBUS, 1 = PROFINET
RackF STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#FF
1 = Rack fault, information from MMDiag block
ModF STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#FF
1 = Module fault, information from MMDiag block
PZDIn01 WORD 16#00 Process value DP 0.0-1.7
RdDataLi STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#FF
Input 0->1: Read data record via interconnection or SFC
RdDataOp BOOL FALSE 1 = Read data from data record
OnOp BOOL FALSE 1 = ON mode:
ON mode by operator
OosOp BOOL FALSE 1 = Out of Service mode:
Out of Service mode by operator
OosLi STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#FF
1 = Out of Service mode:
Out of Service mode via field signal
RunUpCyc INT 3 Number of cycles in which all messages are suppressed
MsgEvId1 WORD 16#00 Message number 1
MsgEvId2 WORD 16#00 Message number 2
RdEn BOOL TRUE 1 = Enable reading of data record
BatchEn BOOL FALSE 1 = Enable status, enabling the block for operation via SIMATIC
BATCH
BatchID DWORD 16#00 Current batch number
BatchName STRING Current batch name
StepNo DWORD 16#00 Batch step number
Occupied BOOL FALSE Occupied by batch
MsgLock STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Suppress process messages
Parameter
A.6 Block parameter MMTime
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 231
Parameter
Data format
Default setting
Meaning
ExtMsg1 STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
External message 1
ExtMsg2 STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
External message 2
ExtMsg3 STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
External message 3
ExtMsg4 STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
External message 4
ExtMsg5 STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
External message 5
ExtMsg6 STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
External message 6
ExtMsg7 STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
External message 7
ExtMsg8 STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
External message 8
ExtMsg9 STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#8080
External message 9
ExtMsg10 STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
External message 10
ExtMsg11 STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
External message 11
ExtVa105 ANY – External value 5
ExtVa106 ANY – External value 6
ExtVa107 ANY – External value 7
ExtVa108 ANY – External value 8
ExtVa109 ANY – External value 9
ExtVa110 ANY – External value 10
Parameter
A.6 Block parameter MMTime
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
232 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
Parameter
Data format
Default setting
Meaning
ExtVa205 ANY – External value 5
ExtVa206 ANY – External value 6
ExtVa207 ANY – External value 7
ExtVa208 ANY – External value 8
ExtVa209 ANY – External value 9
ExtVa210 ANY – External value 10
MSupS1 BOOL FALSE 1 = Message suppression signal 1
MSupS2 BOOL FALSE 1 = Message suppression signal 2
MSupS3 BOOL FALSE 1 = Message suppression signal 3
MSupS4 BOOL FALSE 1 = Message suppression signal 4
MSupS5 BOOL FALSE 1 = Message suppression signal 5
MSupS6 BOOL FALSE 1 = Message suppression signal 6
MSupS7 BOOL FALSE 1 = Message suppression signal 7
MSupS8 BOOL FALSE 1 = Message suppression signal 8
MSupS9 BOOL FALSE 1 = Message suppression signal 9
MSupS10 BOOL FALSE 1 = Message suppression signal 10
MSupS11 BOOL FALSE 1 = Message suppression signal 11
OS_Perm STRUCT
• Bit 0: BOOL
• ...
• Bit 31: BOOL
–
• 1
• 1
• 1
Operator permissions
Feature STRUCT
• Bit 0: BOOL
• ...
• Bit 31: BOOL
–
• 0
• 0
• 0
I/O for additional functions
Output parameters
Table A- 20 Output parameter MMTime
Parameter
Data format
Default setting
Meaning
RackF_Act STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Rack fault
ModF_Act STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Module fault
RdErrStat WORD 16#00 Status of read data record error
StaTmst BYTE 0 Status of time stamping functionality
Parameter
A.6 Block parameter MMTime
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 233
Parameter
Data format
Default setting
Meaning
TmstmpAc STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Timestamping active
Sync_Ok BOOL FALSE 1 = Synchronization ok
OflwBuf BOOL FALSE 1 = Buffer overflow
RdAct BOOL TRUE 1 = Enable read/write of data record
LocalAct STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 1
• 16#80
1 = "Local" mode enable
OnAct STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 1
• 16#80
1 = "ON" mode enable
OosAct STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 1
• 16#80
1 = Block is "Out of service"
MsgSup STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 1
• 16#80
Message suppression active
ST_Worst BYTE 16#80 Worst Signal Status
Status1 DWORD 16#00000000 Status word 1
LogId1 ...
LogId21
INT 0 Message ID number 1 to 21
LogTm1 ...
LogTm21
DWORD 16#00000000 Time stamp 1 to 21
EnCktCls INT 0 Enabling circuit closed – ID Number
ClsTmStmp DWORD 16#00000000 Enabling circuit closed – NTP time stamp
EnCktOpn INT 0 Enabling circuit open – ID Number
OpnTmStmp DWORD 16#00000000 Enabling circuit open – NTP time stamp
OS_PermOut DWORD 16#FFFFFFFF Display of OS_Perm
OS_PermLog DWORD 16#FFFFFFFF Display of OS_Perm with settings changed by block algorithm
SigMsg1 STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
Signal message 1
SigMsg2 STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
Signal message 2
SigMsg3 STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
Signal message 3
Parameter
A.6 Block parameter MMTime
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
234 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
Parameter
Data format
Default setting
Meaning
SigMsg4 STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
Signal message 4
SigMsg5 STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
Signal message 5
SigMsg6 STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
Signal message 6
SigMsg7 STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
Signal message 7
SigMsg8 STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
Signal message 8
MsgErr BOOL FALSE Output error 1 (output ERROR of first ALARM_8P)
MsgErr2 BOOL FALSE Output error 2 (output ERROR of second ALARM_8P)
MsgStat1 WORD 16#00 Output status 1 (output ERROR of first ALARM_8P)
MsgStat2 WORD 16#00 Output status 2 (output ERROR of second ALARM_8P)
MsgAckn1 WORD 16#00 Message acknowledgment status 1 (output STATUS of first
ALARM_8P)
MsgAckn2 WORD 16#00 Message acknowledgement status 2 (output STATUS of sec-
ondALARM_8P)
Structure of OMODE
Table A- 21 Structure of OMODE – MMTime
Bytes
Value
Meaning
Byte 3 16#80:
16#40:
16#20:
Valid data
Invalid data
Redundancy error
Irrelevant
Byte 2 16#01: Warm restart (OB100) –
Byte 1; 0 16#0000 – Irrelevant
See also
Description MMTime (Page 152)
Parameter
A.7 MMRevDhl block parameter
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 235
A.7
MMRevDhl block parameter
Input parameters
Table A- 22 Input parameter MMRevDhl
Parameter
Data format
Default setting
Meaning
FFwdAut STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 1
• 16#FF
1 = Switch on the motor (fast forward) in AUTO mode
FwdAut STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 1
• 16#FF
1 = Switch on the motor (forward) in AUTO mode
StopAut STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 1
• 16#FF
1 = Stop motor in AUTO mode
RevAut STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 1
• 16#FF
1 = Switch on the motor (reverse) in AUTO mode
FRevAut STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 1
• 16#FF
1 = Switch on the motor (fast reverse) in AUTO mode
FFwdMan BOOL FALSE 1 = Switch on the motor (fast forward) in MANUAL mode
FwdMan BOOL FALSE 1 = Switch on the motor (forward) in MANUAL mode
StopMan BOOL FALSE 1 = Stop motor in MANUAL mode
RevMan BOOL FALSE 1 = Switch on the motor (reverse) in MANUAL mode
FRevMan BOOL FALSE 1 = Switch on the motor (fast reverse) in MANUAL mode
ModLiOp STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
Changing modes between:
0 = Operator
1 = Interconnection
AutModOp BOOL FALSE 1 = AUTO mode via operator
ManModOp BOOL TRUE 1 = MANUAL mode via operator
AutModLi STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = AUTO mode via interconnection or SFC
ManModLi STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = MANUAL mode via interconnection or SFC
Parameter
A.7 MMRevDhl block parameter
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
236 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
Parameter
Data format
Default setting
Meaning
LocalLi STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Activate local mode via plant signal
LocalOp BOOL FALSE 1 = Local mode via operator
MS_RelOp BOOL FALSE 1 = Release for maintenance by OS operator
OosOp BOOL FALSE 1 = Out of service, via OS operator
OosLi STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Out of service, via interconnection or SFC (0–1 edge)
FFwdLocal STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Switch on the motor (fast forward) in local mode
FwdLocal STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Switch on the motor (forward) in local mode
StopLocal STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Stop motor in local mode
RevLocal STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Switch on the motor (reverse) in local mode
FRevLocal STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Switch on the motor (fast reverse) in local mode
LocalSetting INT 0 Properties for local mode
FbkFFwd STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Feedback for fast forward running received
FbkFwd STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Feedback for forward running received
FbkRev STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Feedback for reverse running received
FbkFRev STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Feedback for fast reverse running received
Monitor BOOL TRUE 1 = Feedback for monitoring
MonTiStatic REAL 3.0 Monitoring time for feedback error without operation in [s]
Parameter
A.7 MMRevDhl block parameter
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 237
Parameter
Data format
Default setting
Meaning
MonTiDynamic REAL 3.0 Monitoring time for feedback error after operation in [s]
SwOverTi REAL 0.0 Switch over time in [s]
IdleTime REAL 5.0 Delay time for change of direction or warm restart in [s]
PulseWidth REAL 3.0 Pulse width of control signal [s]
WarnTiMan REAL 0.0 Prewarning of motor start in MANUAL mode in [s]
WarnTiAut REAL 0.0 Prewarning of motor start in AUTO mode in [s]
RapidStp BOOL 0 Rapid stop for the motor:
0 = Motor on
1 = Motor off
RstOp BOOL 0 1 = Reset via operator
RstLi STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Reset via interconnection
BypProt BOOL FALSE 1 = Bypassing interlock in local mode and for simulation
Trip STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 1
• 16#FF
1 = Motor is in "good" state
Permit STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 1
• 16#FF
1 = Enable for opening / closing from neutral position
0 = No OS activation enable for starting the motor
Perm_En BOOL TRUE 1 = Activation enable (enable, parameter Permit) is ac-
tive
Intlock STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 1
• 16#FF
1 = Interlocking without reset is active; you can operate
the block without reset once the interlocking condition has
disappeared
0 = Interlock not activated
Intl_En BOOL TRUE 1 = Interlock without reset is active (interlock, parameter
Intlock)
Protect STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 1
• 16#FF
0 = Protective interlocking is active; once the interlocking
condition has disappeared, you will have to reset the
block
1 = Protective interlocking not activated
Prot_En BOOL TRUE 1 = Protective interlocking is active (protection, Protect
parameter)
FFwdForce STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Force operating state:
Start motor fast forward
FwdForce STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Force operating state:
Start motor forward
StopForce STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Stop: Force stopping the motor
Parameter
A.7 MMRevDhl block parameter
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
238 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
Parameter
Data format
Default setting
Meaning
RevForce STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Force operating state:
Start motor reverse
FRevForce STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Force operating state:
Start motor fast reverse
UserAna1 STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
Analog auxiliary value 1
UA1unit INT 0 Unit of measure for analog auxiliary value 1
UserAna2 STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
Analog auxiliary value 2
UA2unit INT 0 Unit of measure for analog auxiliary value 2
MsgLock STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
Suppress process message
SampleTime REAL 0.1 Sampling time in seconds [s]
SimLiOp STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
Activation/deactivation of the simulation by:
0 = Operator
1 = Logic operation
SimOnLi STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
1 = Simulation via logic operation (controlled via SimLiOp
= 1)
SimOn BOOL –
• 0.0
• 16#80
1 = Simulation on
RunUpCyc INT 3 Number of cycles in which all messages are suppressed
MsgEvId1 DWORD 16#FF Message number (assigned automatically)
BatchEn BOOL FALSE 1 = Reserve enable
Occupied BOOL FALSE 1 = Occupied by batch control
BatchID DWORD 16#00 Batch number
BatchName STRING[32] – Batch name
StepNo DWORD 16#00 Batch step number
CSF STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
1 = External fault (control system fault)
Parameter
A.7 MMRevDhl block parameter
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 239
Parameter
Data format
Default setting
Meaning
ExtMsg1 STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
Binary input for freely selectable message 1
ExtMsg2 STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
Binary input for freely selectable message 2
ExtMsg3 STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
Binary input for freely selectable message 3
ExtMsg4 STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
Binary input for freely selectable message 4
ExtMsg5 STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
Binary input for freely selectable message 5
ExtMsg6 STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
Binary input for freely selectable message 6
ExtMsg7 STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
Binary input for freely selectable message 7
ExtMsg8 STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
Binary input for freely selectable message 8
ExtMsg9 STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
Binary input for freely selectable message 9
ExtMsg10 STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
Binary input for freely selectable message 10
ExtMsg11 STRUCT
• Value: REAL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0.0
• 16#80
Binary input for freely selectable message 11
ExtVa104 ANY – Auxiliary value 4 for messages (MsgEvID1)
ExtVa105 ANY – Auxiliary value 5 for messages (MsgEvID1)
ExtVa106 ANY – Auxiliary value 6 for messages (MsgEvID1)
ExtVa107 ANY – Auxiliary value 7 for messages (MsgEvID1)
ExtVa108 ANY – Auxiliary value 8 for messages (MsgEvID1)
ExtVa204 ANY – Auxiliary value 4 for messages (MsgEvID2)
Parameter
A.7 MMRevDhl block parameter
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
240 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
Parameter
Data format
Default setting
Meaning
ExtVa205 ANY – Auxiliary value 5 for messages (MsgEvID2)
ExtVa206 ANY – Auxiliary value 6 for messages (MsgEvID2)
ExtVa207 ANY – Auxiliary value 7 for messages (MsgEvID2)
ExtVa208 ANY – Auxiliary value 8 for messages (MsgEvID2)
UserStatus BYTE 16#00 Freely assignable bits for use in PCS 7 OS
SelFp1 ANY – Call a block saved in this parameter as an additional
faceplate in standard view
SelFp2 ANY – Call a block saved in this parameter as an additional
faceplate in standard view
SelMeas ANY – Call the measurement block available as an additional
faceplate in the maintenance view
SelStat ANY – Call the statistics block available as an additional face-
plate in the maintenance view
OS_Perm STRUCT
• Bit 0: BOOL
• ...
• Bit 31: BOOL
–
• 1
• 1
• 1
Operator permissions
OpSt_In DWORD 16#00000000
Input parameters for local operator permission to be inter-
connected with the output parameter Out of the
OpStations block connected upstream.
Feature STRUCT
• Bit 0: BOOL
• ...
• Bit 31: BOOL
–
• 0
• 0
• 0
I/O for additional functions
Feature2 STRUCT
• Bit 0: BOOL
• ...
• Bit 31: BOOL
–
• 0
• 0
• 0
I/O for additional functions
FaultExt STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = External error
Parameter
A.7 MMRevDhl block parameter
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 241
Output parameters
Table A- 23 Output parameter MMRevDhl
Parameter
Data format
Default setting
Meaning
MS_Release STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
Maintenance release:
1 = Release for OS operator
MonDynErr STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Feedback error due to control change
MonStaErr STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Feedback error due to unexpected feedback change
R_StpAct STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Rapid stop of the motor is active
LockAct STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Interlocking is active (Permit, Interlock or Protect)
GrpErr STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = General fault
RdyToStart STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Ready to switch on
RdyToReset STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Ready to reset via the RstLi input or the commands
in "automatic mode"
WarnAct STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Prewarning for motor start active
(WarnTiAut and WarnTiMan parameters)
FFwd STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Control of motor fast forward
Fwd STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Control of motor forward
Parameter
A.7 MMRevDhl block parameter
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
242 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
Parameter
Data format
Default setting
Meaning
Rev STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Control of motor reverse
FRev STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Control of motor fast reverse
P_FFwd STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Pulse signal for starting the motor fast forward
P_Fwd STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Pulse signal for starting the motor forward
P_Stop STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 1
• 16#80
0 = Pulse signal for stopping the motor
P_Rev STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Pulse signal for starting the motor reverse
P_FRev STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Pulse signal for starting the motor fast reverse
P_Rst STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Pulse output for reset
LocalAct STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Local mode enable
AutAct STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Enable AUTO mode
ManAct STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 1
• 16#80
1 = Enable MANUAL mode
OosAct STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Block is "Out of service"
Parameter
A.7 MMRevDhl block parameter
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 243
Parameter
Data format
Default setting
Meaning
FbkFFwdOut STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
Feedback:
1 = Fast forward mode active
FbkFwdOut STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
Feedback:
1 = Forward mode active
FbkRevOut STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
Feedback:
1 = Reverse mode active
FbkFRevOut STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
Feedback:
1 = Fast reverse mode active
RunFFwd STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Motor running fast forward
RunFwd STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Motor is running forward
Stop STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Motor is stopped
RunRev STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Motor is running in reverse
RunFRev STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Motor is running in fast reverse
Starting STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Motor is starting
Stopping STRUCT
• Value: BOOL
• ST: BYTE
–
• 0
• 16#80
1 = Motor is stopping
OS_PermOut DWORD 16#FFFFFFFF Display of
OS_Perm
OS_PermLog DWORD 16#FFFFFFFF Display of OS_Perm with settings changed by block algo-
rithm
OpSt_Out DWORD 16#00000000 Value of the OpSt_In input parameter for further connec-
tion to other blocks. Bit 31 of this parameter is assigned to
feature bit 24
.
Parameter
A.7 MMRevDhl block parameter
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
244 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
Parameter
Data format
Default setting
Meaning
Status1 DWORD 16#00000000 Status word 1
Status2 DWORD 16#00000000 Status word 2
Status3 DWORD 16#00000000 Status word 3
ST_Worst BYTE 16#80 Worst signal status
ErrorNum INT -1 Output of current error number
MsgErr1 BOOL FALSE Output error 1 (output ERROR of first ALARM_8P)
MsgStat1 WORD 16#00 Output status 1 (output ERROR of first ALARM_8P)
MsgAckn1 WORD 16#00 Message acknowledgment status 1 (output STATUS of
first ALARM_8P)
MsgErr2 BOOL FALSE Output error 2 (output ERROR of first ALARM_8P)
MsgStat2 WORD 16#00 Output status 2 (output ERROR of first ALARM_8P)
MsgAckn2 WORD 16#00 Message acknowledgment status 2 (output STATUS of
first ALARM_8P)
See also
Description of MMRevDhl (Page 166)
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 245
Technical Data
B
Table B- 1 Memory space requirements and called blocks per block type for SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0 SP3
Block 1
No. 2
Length of
block in the
load
memory, in
bytes 3
Length of
block in the
work memory,
in bytes 3
Length of
instance data
in the load
memory, in
bytes 4
Length of
instance data
in the work
memory, in
bytes4
Temporary
memory, in
bytes5
Blocks
called 6
MMDiag FB1300 9000 7650 1568 446 236 FC369,
SFC13,
SFC51,
SFC6,
SFC64
MMOprtn FB1301 19590 16562 3168 1096 332 FC369,
SFC13,
SFC6,
SFC64
MMMeas FB1302 16458 14180 2344 1006 152 FC369,
SFC6,
SFC64
MMStat FB1303 5530 4386 1830 814 86 FC369,
SFC6
MMTime FB1304 17650 15672 3902 2374 208 FC369,
SFC6,
SFC20
MMRevDhl FB1305 44062 40864 2594 864 110 FC369,
SFC6,
SFC20
1 The symbolic designator in the symbol table of the library for the respective function block (FB). It must be unique within
the project.
2 Consists of the type of block (FB) and the number.
3 Memory requirement of program code, once per block type
4 Memory requirement for an instance data block.
5 The memory required for the local data when the block is called in an execution level. This is limited according to the
specific CPU. If this amount is exceeded, you must check the setting in the CPU configuration and redistribute it among
the organization blocks based on the actual requirement.
6 The relevant driver block uses these blocks. They are now located in the user program. They are stored in the same
library.
Technical Data
B.1 Header information
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
246 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
B.1
Header information
Header information of the blocks
The blocks of the SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3 contain the following header
information:
Table B- 2 Header information
FUNCTION_
BLOCK
FB no.
Name
Family
Author
Version
Title
MMDiag FB1300 MMDiag SMCPRO AdvLibMM 1.5 Simocode Diagnostics
MMOprtn FB1301 MMOprtn SMCPRO AdvLibMM 1.5 Simocode Pro common Operation func-
tions
MMMeas FB1302 MMMeas SMCPRO AdvLibMM 1.3 Simocode Pro Measurement
MMStat FB1303 MMStat SMCPRO AdvLibMM 1.3 Simocode Pro Statistics
MMTime FB1304 MMTime SMCPRO AdvLibMM 1.3 Simocode Pro Time stamping
MMRevDhl FB1305 MMRevDhl SMCPRO AdvLibMM 1.4 Dahlander reversing starter
Attributes of the blocks
The blocks of the SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3 contain the following attributes:
Table B- 3 Attributes of the blocks
Block
S7_tasklist
S7_alarm_ui
S7_m_c
S7_driver
S7-hardware
MMDiag 'OB1, OB40,
OB82, OB83,
OB85, OB86,
OB100’
'1' 'true' - 'im'
MMOprtn 'OB83,OB100' '1' 'true' 'chn'
MMMeas 'OB100' '1' 'true' 'chn'
MMStat 'OB100' '1' 'true' 'chn'
MMTime 'OB100' '1' 'true' 'chn'
MMRevDhl 'OB100' '1' 'true' -
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004 247
Abbreviations
C
Table C- 1 Meaning of abbreviations
Abbreviation
Meaning
AM Analog module
AS Automation station
APL Advanced Process Library
OCM Operator control and monitoring
CFC Continuous Function Chart
CCW Counter-clockwise
CW Clockwise
CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
DC Direct Current (direct voltage)
DP Distributed Peripherals
DM Digital module
DM-F Fail-safe digital module
EDD Electronic device description
EM Ground fault detection module
ES Engineering Station
FB Function block
GSD Generic Station Description
HMI Human Machine Interface
HW Config "Hardware configuration" module in SIMATIC Manager
ID Identification number
MCCB Molded-case circuit breaker
MM Motor Management
MM Multifunction module
OB Organization block
OM Object Manager
OoS Out of Service
OS Operator Station
PCS 7 Process Control System 7
PIQ Process image output
PII Process image input
PDM Process Device Manager
PG Programming device
PS Parameter set
SFB System function block
SFC Sequential Function Chart
TIA Totally Integrated Automation
TM Temperature module
UM Current / voltage measuring module
Abbreviations
SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 Library V8.0+SP3
248 Programming and Operating Manual, 07/2015, A5E31625078002A/RS-AD/004
